CLASS 400, TYPEWRITING MACHINES |
1 | INCLUDING JUSTIFICATION OR QUADDING OF PRINT-LINE: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein more than one print-line* of
character* symbols is imprinted on a record-medium* to
form a page* of text, and wherein significance is attributed
to the typing operation known as "justification" as that
term is discussed and defined in (1) Note below, or significance
is attributed to the typing operation known as "quadding" as
that term is discussed and defined in (2) Note below, either operation
modifying the print-lines of a page of text.
| |||||
2 | . Including quadding of print-line: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 1. Subject matter wherein more than one print-line* of character* symbols is imprinted on a record-medium* on a page* of text, and wherein significance is attributed to the typing operation known as "quadding" as that term is discussed and defined in (2) Note of subclass 1 above. | |
3 | . By programmed-control-system: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 1. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
typing operation known as "justification" as that
term is discussed and defined in (1) Note of subclass
1 above, and wherein the justification is accomplished
by way of a programmed-control-system*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||||||
4 | .. On auxiliary-record-program (e.g., tape, card, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 3. Subject matter wherein the programmed-control-system* includes a set of instructions that may be readily removed from the typewriter so that another set of instructions may be inserted into the typewriter to perform a different or modified sequence of justifying operations. | |
5 | ... Magnetic record: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 4. Subject matter wherein an auxiliary-record-program* includes or contains ferrous particles capable of being oriented or reoriented relative to the auxiliary-record-program, the orientation of the particles being sensed to effect the control of the typewriter or the justification of a print-line* typed thereby. | |
6 | ... With error-correcting storage register: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 4. Subject matter wherein the programmed-control-system* includes
a "memory" circuit and means for amending or modifying
the program in the event that a typist has made a mistake in the
typed text or in the justification thereof so that the text may
be retyped with the mistake rectified.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
7 | ... Including artificial or end-of-line hyphen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 4. Subject matter wherein the auxiliary-record-program* includes
provision of determining if and where a "hyphen" will
be imprinted at the end of a print-line* and provision
for inserting the hyphen properly.
| |||
8 | . By using "no-print" device: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 1. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the typing operation known as "justification" as that term is discussed and defined in (1) Note to subclass 1 above, and wherein the justification is accomplished with the use of a means for not printing or suppressing the imprinting of one or more character* symbols of a print-line*. | |
9 | . By interword or intercharacter spacing: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 1. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the typing operation known as "justification" as that term is discussed and defined in (1) Note of subclass 1 above, and wherein the justification is accomplished by adding to or subtracting from the character-space* or the word-space* distances in a print-line*. | |
10 | .. Variable carriage-feed mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 9. Subject matter wherein the character-space* or the
word-space* distances are varied for justification
by moving the carriage* in irregular or unequal increments
of movement.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
11 | .. Carriage slidable relative to its carriage-rack: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 9. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a
carriage* that is attached to a tab-rack* that
enables the carriage to be moved in a character-space direction
and wherein the character-space or the word-space* distances
are varied for justification by moving the carriage along the tab-rack
in varying or irregular increments required for justification.
| |||
12 | .. By interword spacing only: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 9. Subject matter wherein the justification is accomplished by adding to or subtracting from the word-space* distances in a print-line*. | |
13 | ... Including plural space-bars for different spacings: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 12. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with two or more space-bar* elements on the key-board* of the typewriter, each of which space-bar* elements will effect a word-space* distance different than the other(s), and wherein justification is accomplished by using one or another of the space-bars during the imprinting of the print-line* according to what distances are needed to justify the print-line. | |
14 | . By typing line on stretchable medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 1. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
typing operation known as "justification" as that
term is discussed and defined in (1) Note to subclass
1 above, and wherein the justification is accomplished
by typing print-line* of character* symbols
on a material that is capable of being elongated.
| |||
15 | . Including justification indicator: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 1. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
typing operation known as "justification" as that
term is discussed and defined in (1) Note to subclass
1 above, and wherein the typewriter is provided with means
for helping the typist to know the need for justification or the
number of character-space* distances required
for justification.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
16 | FOR TYPING OR FORMING CONTINUOUS OR DISCONTINUOUS LINE (E.G., BY "LINER"): |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
capable of producing a mark on a record-medium*, which
mark is long in proportion to its breadth.
| |||
17 | . Including programmed-control-system: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 16. Subject matter wherein a programmed-control-system* is used for giving instructions to which the typewriter responds by forming said mark (e.g., a line) in the record-medium*. | |
18 | . By scriber (e.g., pen, pencil, etc.) or with scriber guide: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 16. Subject matter wherein said mark is formed or produced by
contacting the record-medium* with an instrumentality
that is provided with ink*, pigment, or
coating material that is visible to the eye, and by moving
the record-medium, or the instrumentality while
the record-medium is coated on the record-medium, or
wherein said mark is formed or produced by such an instrumentality
with the help of a device, which device is used by an operator
to direct the course or path of the instrumentality while in contact
with the record-medium.
| |||
19 | .. For writing in script: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 18. Subject matter wherein the instrumentality is moved relative to the record-medium* in a path that forms cursive letters (i.e., joined together in flowing strokes as formed in handwriting). | |
20 | .. Rotatable disc scriber: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 18. Subject matter wherein the instrumentality is a plate turned on an axis and having a thin peripheral edge that is coated with ink* that is transferred to the record-medium* as the plate is turned while the edge is in contact with the record-medium and while relative movement between the plate axis and the record-medium occurs. | |
21 | . Responsive to carriage movement: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 16. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a
carriage* that carries a platen* that supports
the record-medium*, which carriage is
movable in a direction parallel to a print-line*, and
wherein said mark is formed as a result of the carriage being moved
while a marking instrument or device is brought into contact with
the record-medium.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
22 | . Underscoring concurrently with character imprinting: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 16. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with type-face* elements that are selectively impressed against the record-medium* to imprint character* symbols on the record-medium, and wherein a mark is imprinted at the same time that a character is imprinted, the mark being a short line that is imprinted underneath any of the selected characters. | |
23 | FOR TYPING ON FLAT RECORD-MEDIUM OR AGAINST FLAT PLATEN: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein the significance is attributed to
a typewriter in which the record-medium* that
is being typed on is planar or in which the record-medium
is backed by a platen* that is planar.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
24 | . For typing on a book: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 23. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
particularly intended for typing on a book.
| |||
25 | .. Including a type-head (e.g., cylinder, disc, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 24. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a
type-head* element that carries type-face* elements
thereon.
| |||
26 | .. Against cylindrical backing: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 24. Subject matter wherein the book that is being typed on is
supported against movement away from the type-face* that
is impressed against the book, the support being an elongated
member that is circular in cross section.
| |||
27 | .. Including adjustment of typewriter relative to book (e.g., to compensate for book thickness): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 24. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to modifications
made in the position of operating portions of the typewriter that
are required due to the configuration of the book that is being
typed on.
| |||
28 | .. Including adjustment of book support relative to typewriter (e.g., for top or bottom of book, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 24. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to modifications
made in the position of that portion of a typewriter that holds
a book in position to be typed on.
| |||
29 | . For typing on flat blueprint or drawing (e.g., "platenless" typewriter): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 23. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
in which the record-medium* that is being typed
on has length and width dimensions that are substantially greater than
the corresponding dimensions of the typewriter, and wherein
the typewriter is moved in directions parallel to said dimensions
to properly locate the typewriter relative to the record-medium.
| |||
30 | . For typing on carton or package: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 23. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter in which the record-medium* that is being typed on is a three-dimensional object that has flat surfaces defining its sides, and wherein either the typewriter or the object may be moved to enable the typewriter to type on one of the surfaces. | |
31 | . By multidirectional movement of typewriter structure (e.g., "Elliot-Fisher" structure): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 23. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
that is mounted relative to a flat platen* so that the
typewriter, its key-board*, type-bar* members, and
all its operating mechanisms move as a unit in the widthwise and
lengthwise dimensions of the platen.
| |||||
32 | . Bottom-strike typewriter including type-bar action or bar platen or anvil platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 23. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
in which type-face* elements impact against a
flat platen* from underneath the platen, to structure
that moves a type-bar* carrying a type-face
element from its rest position to its impact position, or
to a bar platen (e.g., a platen
having dimensions corresponding to the height of a character* and
the length of a print-line*), or
to an anvil platen (i.e., a
platen having dimensions corresponding to the height and width of
one character).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
33 | . Top-strike typewriter including pivoted type-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 23. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
in which type-face* elements impact against a
flat platen* from above the platen, and wherein
significance is also attributed to structure that moves a type-bar* carrying
a type-face from its rest position to its impact position, the
movement being arcuate.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
34 | . Including carriage-return mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 23. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
in which type-face* elements impact against a
flat platen*, and wherein significance is also
attributed to movement of the carriage* of the typewriter
in a direction opposite to the character-space* direction.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
35 | . Including case-shift by shifting platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 23. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
in which type-face* elements impact against a
flat platen*, and wherein significance is also
attributed to movement of the platen to accomplish case-shift* from
a lower-case* form of a letter to an upper-case* form
of that letter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
36 | . Including ribbon-feed mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 23. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
in which type-face* elements impact against a
flat platen* at a print-point*, and
wherein significance is also attributed to mechanism for feeding
a ribbon* relative to the print-point.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
37 | . For typing on manifold set (e.g., with type-die, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 23. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
in which type-face* elements or type-die* elements
impact against a record-medium* that is backed
by a flat platen*, and wherein significance is
also attributed to the use of manifold set that includes carbon
paper so that the typewriter produces an original copy and at least
one carbon copy.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
38 | .. Including feeding of wide carbon paper transverse to feed of record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 37. Subject matter wherein the record-medium* of a
typewriter is fed in a first direction coinciding with the line-space* direction, and
wherein said carbon paper is moved (i.e., fed) in
a second direction substantially perpendicular to the first direction
and the carbon paper has a width dimension that is relatively large
and approximately equal to the length of a page* of record-medium.
| |||
39 | .. Including spool for roll of carbon paper: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 37. Subject matter wherein said carbon paper is of indeterminate length and is wound on a reel either for supply or take up of the carbon paper or both. | |
40 | .. Including clamp or guide for carbon paper: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 37. Subject matter wherein the flat platen* or another portion of the typewriter is provided with means to firmly hold said carbon paper to the platen, or to lead or direct the carbon paper relative to the platen. | |
41 | .. Including adjustment of platen perpendicular to its surface: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 37. Subject matter wherein the platen* of the typewriter is movable for the purpose of varying its position relative to other portions of the typewriter, the movement occurring along a line at right angles to the flat surface of the platen. | |
42 | .. Including aligning and feeding manifold set: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 37. Subject matter wherein said manifold set includes a plurality
of pieces of web record-medium* interleaved with
a plurality of pieces of web carbon paper, all the pieces
being in surface-to-surface relationship and the
pieces are positioned so that their corresponding side edges are
located adjacent one another or so that a particular indicium that
occurs along the length dimension of one piece is located adjacent
to a corresponding indicium that occurs along the length dimension
of another web, and wherein the manifold set is moved along
the flat platen* in a line-space* direction.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
43 | . Including feed of tally strip: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 23. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
feeding of a tally strip in a flat-platen* typewriter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
44 | . Including line-spacing mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 23. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
in which type-face* elements impact against a
record-medium* that is backed by a flat platen* at
a print-point*, and wherein significance
is also attributed to effecting relative movement between the record-medium
and the print-point in a step-by-step manner
so that successively imprinted print-lines* will
be spaced apart by line-space* distances.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
45 | .. Platen shifted for line-spacing: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 44. Subject matter wherein line-space distances are effected
by moving the flat platen* along a line that is perpendicular
to the print-line*.
| |||
46 | .. Including adjustment of line-space distance or increment: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 44. Subject matter wherein the extent of the space intervention
between two successive print-lines* may be varied.
| |||||
47 | .. Including disengagement of line-spacing mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 44. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with means
whereby structure for effecting the relative movement (i.e., of
subclass 44) may be disconnected temporarily.
| |||
48 | . Work support (e.g., sheet or card holddown or guide, sheet-size platen, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 23. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a device
or member for backing the record-medium* as type-face* elements
are impacted thereagainst.
| |||
49 | . Collating-table attachment: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 23. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a collating-table* that is associated with a flat-platen* typewriter. | |
50 | INCLUDING DELAY MEANS FOR PREVENTING MALFUNCTION IN POWERED TYPEWRITER: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein a source of energy other than that supplied by a typist is used to actuate, or aid a typist to actuate, mechanism for performing first and second sequential operations on a typewriter. The typewriter having a capability of performing each of said operations in an optimum time period from the instant that each operation has been initiated by a signal, until the instant that each operation is complete, and wherein there will be a failure in proper performance of the second operation if the first operation has not reached a first predetermined stage of performance before the second operation has reached a second predetermined state of performance and wherein significance is attributed to sensing an occurrence wherein a signal to initiate the second operation has been given prematurely. As a result of such sensed occurrence, retarding the performance of the second operation to assure the first operation has reached the first stage before the second operation reaches the second stage. | |
51 | . Delay of sequential character rate in programmed-control typewriter: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 50. Subject matter wherein the sequential operations are regulated by a programmed-control-system*, and wherein the first and second operations are each for typing of a character*, and wherein the retarding of the second operation is by increasing the period of time for performing the second operation from said optimum period to a time greater than said optimum period. | |
52 | . Delay by storage of next character to be imprinted: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 50. Subject matter wherein the first and second operations are each for typing a character*, and wherein after the second operation has been initiated, it is retarded by holding it from completion for a predetermined period of time. | |
53 | INCLUDING ADJUSTMENT MEANS TO COMPENSATE FOR WEAR: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter whereby attrition of a typewriter part occurs during use of the typewriter, and wherein significance is attributed to changing the position of such part relative to another part to counteract such attrition. | |
54 | SAFETY SWITCH OR CONDITION-RESPONSIVE-CUTOFF SWITCH FOR ELECTRICALLY POWERED TYPEWRITER: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein typewriter mechanism is driven with
the help of force derived from electrical energy and wherein significance
is attributed to a device for influencing a circuit through which
the energy is supplied, said device being either for preventing
the typist from being harmed, or for interrupting the circuit
as a result or characteristic of the state of the environment or
the occurrence of a predetermined event in a typewriter.
| |||
55 | INCLUDING ADJUSTMENT FOR OPTIMUM PRINTING PLANE: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to adjustment
of the optimum printing plane of a typewriter as that term is discussed
and defined in (1) Note below.
| |||
56 | . Responsive to thickness of record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 55. Subject matter wherein the thickness dimension of the record-medium* (i.e., its dimension perpendicular to a surface area) is measured, and the adjustment of the optimum printing plane is made by the typewriter as a result of such measurement. | |
57 | . In accordance with the number of sheets of record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 55. Subject matter wherein the typist determines the number of sheets or record-medium* that is to be typed upon during the typing operation, and wherein the typist makes an adjustment to the typewriter as a result of such determination. | |
58 | . By adjustment of platen relative to carriage: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 55. Subject matter wherein the optimum printing plane is adjusted by varying the position of the typewriter platen* with respect to the carriage* on which the platen is supported. | |
59 | . By adjustment of carriage (e.g., carriage-guide rollers): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 55. Subject matter wherein the optimum printing plane is adjusted
by varying the position of the carriage* of the typewriter
with respect to the print-point.
| |||
60 | .. Via adjustment of case-shift linkage: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 59. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a case-shift mechanism that is connected to the carriage* for choice of upper-case* or lower-case* form of type-face* element, and wherein the optimum printing plane is adjusted by varying the position of the carriage with respect to the case-shift mechanism. | |
61 | INCLUDING CONTROL OF FORMAT AND SELECTION OF TYPE-FACE BY PROGRAMMED-CONTROL-SYSTEM (E.G., INPUT TYPEWRITER): |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein a programmed-control-system* governs
the operation of a typewriter so as to control the format of the text
to be imprinted on a record-medium* and so as
to impress selected or chosen type-face* elements
against the record-medium.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||||||
62 | . Including means for responding to input program or incoming signals and providing output program or signals representing typing operations (e.g., output typewriter): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 61. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is governed by an
auxiliary-record-program* or is governed
by an instrumentality outside of the typewriter, which
instrumentality transmits to the typewriter the instructions necessary
to control the typing functions* and type-face* selections
and choices, and wherein the typewriter also generates
an auxiliary-record-program or also generates
the instructions necessary to control the typing functions and type-face
selections and choices for another typewriter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
63 | . Including editing or revision system: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 61. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
capable of editing or revision as those terms are discussed and
explained in the notes below.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||||||||||
64 | . Including right-hand margin control system: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 61. Subject matter wherein the programmed-control-system* governs
the location or extent of the margin* at the right side
of the record-medium* that is being typed on.
| |||
65 | . Including typing of s:graphical representations: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 61. Subject matter wherein the programmed-control-system* governs
the operation of a typewriter so as to imprint character* symbols
and also governs the operation of said typewriter so as to produce
a graph denoting the imprinted character symbols.
| |||
66 | . Including baseplate attachment with electromagnets for input or output operations: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 61. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a mechanism
that is connected as an adjunct to a typewriter, which mechanism
is used to convert a typewriter that is operable by a typist depressing
the key* elements of the key-board* to a typewriter
that is operable by a programmed-control-system*, and which mechanism
is located underneath the typewriter and operates the type-face* selecting
or choosing means and the function* operations of the typewriter.
| |||
67 | . Separate interrelated programs: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 61. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with at
least two programmed-control-system* programs, each of
which programs is intended for a different sequence of operations
to be performed, by the typewriter, and the programs being coordinated
to produce a final text.
| |||
68 | .. Including message writing (e.g., address program, form-letter program, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 67. Subject matter wherein at least one of the programs effects
the typing of a part of a communication of information and another
of the programs effects the typing of another part of the same communication.
| |||
69 | . Type-face selection via magnetic program tape: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 61. Subject matter wherein the program-control-systems* includes an auxiliary-record-program* that comprises a band or ribbon* of material containing ferrous particles capable of being oriented or reoriented relative to the band or tape, the orientation of the particles being sensed to effect selection or choice of the type-face* elements that will be impressed against the record-medium* to effect imprint of character* symbols in sequence. | |
70 | INCLUDING SELECTION OF TYPE-FACE BY PROGRAMMED-CONTROL-SYSTEM OR BY REMOTE CONTROL: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein a programmed-control-system or a
signal from outside of a typewriter governs the operation of the
typewriter so as to impress selected or chosen type-face* elements
against the record-medium* to imprint character* symbols
successively.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||||||||
71 | . Plural typewriters coupled for simultaneous operation (e.g., "master-slave" relationship): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 70. Subject matter wherein a first typewriter, while it is operating
to type on a record-medium*, produces signals. These signals
(i.e., signals from inside the first typewriter, but from outside
a second typewriter) are used to govern the operation of the second
typewriter concurrently with the operation of the first typewriter, whereby
corresponding character* symbols are typed onto a second
record-medium at the same time that character symbols are typed onto
the first record-medium by operation of the key-board* of
the first typewriter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
72 | . Including character-selection latches (e.g., for type-face selection): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 70. Subject matter wherein the programmed-control-system* governs
the selection or choice of a type-face* element that is
part of a type-head* by way of components known in the typewriter
industry as "character-selection latches".
| |||
73 | . Including particular reader structure and operation: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 70. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means
for converting the information stored on the program of a programmed-control-system* into
the operation of selection or choice of a particular type-face* element
and motion of the selected or chosen type-face to the record-medium*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||||
74 | . Including error detection: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 70. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a portion
of the program of a programmed-control-system* which provides verification
of the text to insure that the character* symbols that
are being imprinted on the record-medium* are the characters
that the programmed-control-system is instructing the typewriter
to imprint.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
75 | . Including type-bar selection using mechanical program: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 70. Subject matter wherein the type-face* elements are
mounted on type-bar* members, and wherein the programmed-control-systems* includes
an auxiliary-record-program* that is directly linked to
means for actuating the type-bars for selection of the type-faces
to be impressed against the record-medium*, or is directly
linked to a case-shift* mechanism for choice of the upper-case* or
lower-case* form of the type-face to be impressed against
the record-medium.
| |||
76 | INCLUDING CONTROL OF FORMAT BY PROGRAMMED-CONTROL-SYSTEM: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein a programmed-control-system* governs
the operation of a typewriter so as to control the format of the text
to be imprinted on a record-medium*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
77 | TYPEWRITER CONTROLS OTHER INFORMATION RECORDER: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein a first typewriter is capable of
operation of imprint character* symbols on a record-medium*,
and wherein another machine is capable of operation to imprint character
symbols or to form indicia on the same or on another record-medium,
and wherein operation of the first typewriter concurrently influences
the operation of the other machine.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
78 | . Typewriter controls apparatus used for accounting function: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 77. Subject matter wherein the other machine influenced by the
first typewriter is a machine which prints indicia on a Record-Medium*, said
indicia resulting from a mathematical computation.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||||
79 | .. And a tape-punch or card-punch apparatus: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 78. Subject matter wherein operation of the first typewriter
also concurrently influences a machine for providing indicia in
the form of apertures in a sheet or web of material.
| |||
80 | . Typewriter (e.g., output typewriter) controls tape-punch or card-punch apparatus: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 77. Subject matter wherein the other machine influenced by the
first typewriter is for providing indicia in the form of apertures
in a sheet or web of material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
81 | .. And imprints the character represented by the punched code on the tape or card: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 80. Subject matter wherein the apertures denote character* symbols and wherein provision is made for imprinting the character symbols denoted by the apertures on the web or sheet. | |
82 | INCLUDING PLURAL, INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED KEY-BOARDS, PLATENS, OR TYPE-SET-ASSEMBLAGES: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein there is provided more than one key-board* mounted
separate from each other, or there is provided more than one platen* mounted
separate from each other, or there is provided more than one type-set-assemblage* mounted
separate from each other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
83 | DISPLAYING TYPEWRITER-FORMED REPRESENTATION OF PRINT-LINE: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the showing to the typist or another person a visible expression or designation of the character* symbols that are to be or are being imprinted on a record-medium* as a print-line*. | |
84 | . By projecting typed image on screen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 83. Subject matter wherein the visible expression or designation is cast or exhibited by way of an optical system that includes a surface on which the likeness of the print-line* on the record-medium* is visible. | |
85 | .. Including transparent or translucent record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 84. Subject matter wherein the record-medium* enables passage of light there-through, and the light is transmitted by said optical system onto said surface to exhibit the print-line*. | |
86 | OPERATING BY SOUND: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter responsive to the sound of the human voice to perform typing operations. | |
87 | FOR OPERATION BY A HANDICAPPED USER: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
intended to be operated by a typist whose physical capacities are limited.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
88 | POCKET TYPEWRITER: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter that is sufficiently small to be carried on the person of a user within a pocket or handbag. | |
89 | KEY REASSIGNMENT: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter which changes the relationship between the
key designation and the printed character.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||||
90 | . Electrically powered: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 89. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
that is operated with the help of electricity.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||
91 | STENOGRAPHIC TYPEWRITER: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
intended to be used while typing in "shorthand" or
stenos:graphically.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
92 | . Using common-letter type-face: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 91. Subject matter wherein the type-face* elements in the stenographic typewriter are of the form or in one of the Fonts* that is normal and usual in a typewriter. | |
93 | .. Including plural type-faces mounted on carrier and movable for selection of type-face: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 92. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the support for the type-bar* members, each of which carries at least one type-face* element, and the selection of two or more type-face elements to type a message stenographically. | |
94 | . Electrically powered: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 91. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a stenographic typewriter that is operated with the help of electricity. | |
95 | LOGOTYPE TYPEWRITER (E.G., WORD TYPING): |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
in which one or more of the imprinting members is formed as an assemblage
of type-face* or type-die* elements, each of which
elements imprints simultaneously or in quick succession one with
the others as if the assemblage was a single element, thus imprinting
a plurality of character* symbols on the record-medium* by
the one impression of the member.
| |||
96 | . Including date-stamp type-face: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 95. Subject matter wherein at least one of the imprinting members is a typeface* or an assemblage of type-face elements that form character* symbols representing the name or number of a month or day or year. | |
97 | . Including signature type-face: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 95. Subject matter wherein at least one of the imprinting members is a typeface* or an assemblage of type-face elements that form character* symbols representing a person"s name as written by that person. | |
98 | . Actuation of single key types plural characters: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 95. Subject matter wherein depression of one key* element
by a typist will effect the impressing of more than one type-face* element
onto a record-medium*
| |||
99 | .. Characters typed simultaneously: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Subject matter wherein depression of one key* element will effect the impressing of more than one type-face* element onto a record-medium* at the same time. | |
100 | PLURAL-KEY-ACTUATED TYPEWRITER (E.G., PERMUTATIVE KEY-BOARD): |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
in which a single type-face* element is caused to be impressed against
a record-medium* to imprint a single character* symbol,
the actuation of said single type-face being initiated or powered
by the pressing of a plurality of key* elements on the key-board*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
101 | . Having type-faces disposed on pivotable type-bars: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 100. Subject matter wherein a type-face* element is carried by a type-bar* member that is mounted to be moved in an arcuate path as the type-bar moves from a rest position to a print-point* position. | |
102 | . Having type-faces disposed on rotatable type-head: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 100. Subject matter wherein a type-face* element is carried by a type-head* element that turns about an axis while the typeface that is to be selected or chosen is moved to a position where the type-face will be impressed against the record-medium*. | |
103 | CODE-PRINTING TYPEWRITER (E.G., FOR PRINTING A PATTERN OR MARK): |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
that is capable of imprinting a mark or spot of ink* on
a record-medium*, the imprint of a succession of such marks
or spots forming a particular coded pattern.
| |||
104 | . For typing and encoding: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 103. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is capable of imprinting in a normal or usual English Alphabet as well as capable of imprinting a mark or spot of ink* on the record-medium*. | |
105 | .. Including magnetic encoding: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 104. Subject matter wherein the mark or spot of ink* that is imprinted is in the form of ferrous particles capable of being oriented or reoriented by magnetism, or is in the form of ink containing such ferrous particles. | |
106 | . Including coded ink (e.g., phosphorescent or color-coded ink, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 103. Subject matter wherein the mark or spot of ink* is characterized by having a particular color or pigment or chemical composition, any of which characteristics is significant in determining the coded pattern that is desired. | |
107 | . For coding by conductive mark: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 103. Subject matter wherein the mark or spot or ink* that forms part of the coded pattern is capable of conducting a current of electricity. | |
108 | . For marking laundry: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 103. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the imprinting of a mark or spot of ink* on an article of apparel that is to be washed. | |
109 | FOREIGN-LANGUAGE TYPEWRITER: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
that is capable of imprinting character* symbols in an
alphabet other than the standard English alphabet.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
109.1 | . Braille: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 109. Subject matter wherein the character* symbols are
embossed in the record-medium* so as to be discerned by
tactile sensation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
110 | . Including oriental language: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 109. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is capable of imprinting
character* symbols used in an oriental language.
| |||
111 | . Including semitic language: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 109. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is capable of imprinting
character* symbols used in a Semitic language.
| |||
112 | ANNULAR TYPEWRITER (E.G., FOR TYPING AROUND CIRCUMFERENCE OF PLATEN): |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
having a cylindrical or partially cylindrical platen* for
supporting or backing a record-medium* in which typewriter
character* symbols are imprinted on the record-medium in
such manner that each successively imprinted character in a direction extending
around the periphery of the platen.
| |||
113 | . Including vertically disposed platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 112. Subject matter wherein said platen* turns about an
axis during use of the typewriter, and wherein said axis extends
upwardly relative to the typewriter.
| |||
114 | . Platen axis horizontal and extending front-to-rear: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 112. Subject matter wherein said platen* turns about an axis that is disposed to be parallel to the base of the typewriter and parallel to the sides of the typewriter. | |
115 | . Power actuated: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 112. Subject matter wherein one or more mechanisms of the typewriter is/are driven with the help of energy derived from a source other than the energy of the typist. | |
116 | MUSIC-ROLL OR MUSICAL-NOTATION TYPEWRITER: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
capable of imprinting character* symbols on a music roll,
or capable of imprinting character symbols representing the notes
used for indicating the signs and tones of a musical composition.
| |||
117 | . Musical-notation typewriter: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 110. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter capable of imprinting character* symbols representing the notes used for indicating the signs and tones of a musical composition. | |
118.1 | TYPING BY HEATED DIE: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
in which character* symbols are successively imprinted
or formed in or on a surface of a record-medium* by applying
a piece of metal having a form (image) therein directly against
said record-medium* and heating said metal to thereby provide
the image on the record-medium*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
118.2 | TYPING BY OTHER THAN TYPE-FACE OR TYPE-DIE: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
in which character* symbols are successively imprinted
or formed on a surface of a record-medium* by forming the
character* portion by portion.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||||||
118.3 | . Electroconductive transfer: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 118.2. Subject matter wherein a recording means conducts current through a resistive layer of the record-medium* or an ink* carrier for generating heat to produce a record upon the record-medium* by the reason of the medium becoming scorched, burned, marked, or otherwise thermochemically changed. | |
120.01 | . Thermal: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 118.2. Subject matter wherein a recording means, due to its being in a heated condition, produces a record upon the record-medium* as by reason of the medium becoming scorched, burned, marked, or otherwise thermochemically changed. | |
120.02 | .. Multicolor: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 120.01. Subject matter wherein the record produced is polychromatic. | |
120.03 | ... Having multilayered colored transfer material: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 120.02. Subject matter including an ink* carrier comprising stratified strips, each with a different chromatic ink*. | |
120.04 | ... Having single layer colored transfer material: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 120.02. Subject matter including an ink* carrier consisting of a single strip having plural regions, each having a different chromatic ink*. | |
120.05 | .. Block driving: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 120.01. Subject matter wherein the recording means comprises recording elements grouped into sections capable of being selectively energized. | |
120.06 | ... Sequentially: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 120.05. Subject matter in which at least two of the sections are energized alternately. | |
120.07 | .. Gradational recording: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 120.01. Subject matter wherein the shading of the produced record varies. | |
120.08 | .. Preheating: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 120.01. Subject matter wherein the recording means, record-medium*, or ink*-carrier is warmed-up prior to recording. | |
120.09 | .. Density control: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 120.01. Subject matter comprising a regulating means for controlling the amount of energy supplied to the recording means to maintain a uniform output on the record. | |
120.1 | ... By number of heated recording elements: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 120.09. Subject matter wherein the regulating means controls the amount of energy supplied to selected recording elements based on a number of recording elements being simultaneously energized. | |
120.11 | ... In accordance with output characteristic of recording elements: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 120.09. Subject matter wherein the regulating means responds to variations in resistance values of heat radiating resistor elements constituting recording elements of the recording means. | |
120.12 | ... By voltage regulation: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 120.09. Subject matter wherein the regulating means responds to changes in electrical potential across a heating element used for heating the recording means. | |
120.13 | ... By transfer material or record receiver: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 120.09. Subject matter wherein the regulating means is responsive
to a parameter associated with the ink* carrier, the ink*,
or the record-medium*.
| |||
120.14 | ... In accordance with temperature of the recording means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 120.09. Subject matter wherein the regulating means responds to variations in temperature of the recording means. | |
120.15 | ... By history of recording elements: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 120.09. Subject matter wherein the regulating means responds to the amount of energy supplied to a particular recording element during its previous use. | |
120.16 | .. Recording means support or actuator: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 120.01. Subject matter comprising a mechanism for holding or moving the recording means from an operative position in which the recording means is pressed against the record-medium* to an inoperative position in which the recording means is released from pressing engagement with the record-medium*. | |
120.17 | ... Adjustable: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 120.16. Subject matter comprising means for selectively varying pressure applying the recording means against the record-medium*. | |
120.18 | .. Pre- or post-image recording treatment: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 120.01. Subject matter comprising fixing or fusing means for applying substances, energy, or pressure upon the record-medium* or the record. | |
124.01 | . Character formation by impact (e.g., wire matrix): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 118.2. Subject matter wherein the character* symbol is
formed on the record-medium by percussing two or more discrete elements
(i.e., impact members) arranged in a group by use of an actuator
directly or indirectly against the record-medium*.
| |||
124.02 | .. With signal conditioning: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.01. Subject matter including an electrically powered actuator
and means to modify the input power thereof (i.e., the signal) to
control operating parameters of the actuator.
| |||
124.03 | ... Overheat protection: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.02. Subject matter wherein the input power is modified to prevent
excessive temperatures in the actuator.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
124.04 | ... Responsive to impact member position: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.02. Subject matter wherein the input power is modified according to the location of the actuators along the print-line*. | |
124.05 | ... Control of drive force: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.02. Subject matter wherein the input power is modified in order to change the strength of the pressure applied by the impact member against the record-medium*. | |
124.06 | .... Manifold form or plural copies: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.05. Subject matter wherein the force which is applied to the record-medium* by the impact members is varied according to the number of sheets of the record-medium* being printed upon. | |
124.07 | ... With wear or defect compensation: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.02. Subject matter wherein impact member selection is determined so as to distribute even consumption thereof, or to offset broken or missing impact members. | |
124.08 | .. Plural printheads: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.01. Subject matter including more than one discrete groupings
of impact members arranged along the print-line*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
124.09 | ... Multicolor: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.08. Subject matter wherein the character* symbol or
successive character* symbols produced are polychromatic.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||||
124.1 | .. With inking: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.01. Subject matter wherein ink* is applied to the impact
members prior to the impact members percussing the record-medium*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
124.11 | .. Printhead: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.01. Subject matter including significant structure of the impact member, the actuators, or the housing therefor (i.e., the printhead). | |
124.12 | ... Having assembly means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.11. Subject matter including structure for interconnecting portions
of the printhead together or for connecting the printhead to a support.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||
124.13 | ... Overheat protection: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.11. Subject matter including cooling means.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
124.14 | ... With actuator: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.11. Subject matter including significant structure of the means
for applying percussing force to the impact members (i.e., the actuator).
| |||
124.15 | .... Single actuator for simultaneous actuation of plural impact members: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.14. Subject matter including means for concurrently percussing more than one impact member against the record-medium* by use of a single actuator. | |
124.16 | .... Electrostrictive, magnetostrictive, or piezoelectric: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.14. Subject matter wherein the percussive force is produced
in the actuator by periodic deformation of a dielectric body as
a result of an applied electric or magnetic field or electric voltage.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||
124.17 | .... Actuator having electromagnet: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.14. Subject matter wherein the means for producing the percussive
force includes a looped conductor for conducting electrical current
which produces a magnetic* field.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||
124.18 | ..... Electrical component: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.17. Subject matter including significant structure to an electric
circuit or any portion thereof for conducting electric current through the
looped conductor.
| |||||
124.19 | ...... Moving coil: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.18. Subject matter wherein the looped conductor is displaceable relative to the housing responsive to the magnetic* field produced therein. | |
124.2 | ...... Permanent magnet: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.18. Subject matter wherein the magnetic* field acts
against the magnetic* field of a material which is magnetically
polarized.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||||
124.21 | ..... With biasing means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.17. Subject matter including resilient means acting to move the impact members against the force exerted by the magnetic* field. | |
124.22 | ...... Backstop: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.21. Subject matter including significant structure of means for halting movement of the actuator towards its rest position. | |
124.23 | ..... Armature structure or mounting: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.17. Subject matter including significant structure of a movable
portion of the electromagnet or support means therefor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||||
124.24 | ... Impact member guide: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.11. Subject matter including significant structure of means for directing the impact member towards the record-medium*. | |
124.25 | .... With lubricator: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.24. Subject matter including means for applying a friction reducing substance between the impact member and the directing means. | |
124.26 | .... Specific material: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.24. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the material which forms the directing means for the impact member. | |
124.27 | .... Including shifting of guide: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.24. Subject matter wherein the impact member directing means
is movable relative to the housing or to a carriage* which
supports the housing.
| |||
124.28 | ... Impact member tip arrangement: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.11. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
layout of the record-medium* contacting portion of the
impact members within the housing.
| |||
124.29 | ... Impact member structure: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.11. Subject matter including significant structure of the member which causes the impression on the record-medium*. | |
124.3 | .... Tip cross-section: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.29. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
shape of the portion of the impact member that impacts against the
record-medium*.
| |||
124.31 | .... With attachment or engagement means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.29. Subject matter including means for connecting or interfacing
the impact member with an actuator.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
124.32 | .... Specific material: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 124.29. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
material which forms the impact member.
| |||
127 | TYPING TO PRODUCE EMBOSSED CHARACTER: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
in which imprinting on a record-medium* is accomplished
by a type-die* that contacts a surface of the record-medium
and permanently deforms the surface to raise or lower the contacted
surface relative to the uncontacted surface into a line representing
a character*.
| |||
128 | . Character embossed or typed on nonplanar article (e.g., golf ball, toothbrush, etc): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 127. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the record-medium* that the typewriter is typing on, the record-medium being an object having a shape or configuration that is other than flat, and wherein the type-die* permanently embosses a character* symbol in a surface of the object. | |
129 | . By type-die mounted on carrier movable for selection of character: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 127. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with a support
for a multiplicity of type-die* elements for embossing
the different character* symbols that the typewriter is
capable of embossing, which support is enabled to be moved relative
to the record-medium*, whereby any of the type-die elements
may be selected to be impressed against the record-medium; and the
selected type-die element may be impressed to emboss a character
symbol on the record-medium.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
130 | .. Including programmed-control-system: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 129. Subject matter wherein the selection of a type-die*, or the control of a function* of the typewriter, is governed by a programmed-control-system*. | |
131 | .. Electrically powered: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 129. Subject matter wherein electricity is used to energize selection of a type-die* or the operation of a function* of the typewriter. | |
132 | .. Type-die reciprocable on carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 129. Subject matter wherein the selected type-die* element is moved to and fro relative to the support, the movement occurring for the purpose of impressing the selected type-die against the record-medium*. | |
133 | .. On endless-band carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 129. Subject matter wherein the support for the type-die* elements is an elongated, closed-loop strip movable in the direction of its elongation, to select the type-die to be impressed against the record-medium*. | |
134 | .. On rotatable carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 129. Subject matter wherein the support for the type-die* elements is a member that turns about an axis to select the type-die to be impressed against the record medium*. | |
134.1 | ... Actuated by key-board control: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 134. Subject matter wherein the type-die* element that is to be impressed against the record-medium* is selected by pressing a corresponding key* element located on a key-board*, the pressing of which key causes selection of type-die and movement of the selected type-die to the print-point*. | |
134.2 | .... Including type-die movable relative to carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 134.1. Subject matter wherein the selected type-die* element moves to the print-point* with respect to its support and to the other type-die elements that are on the support. | |
134.3 | ..... With magazine for supply of record-medium plates: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 134.2. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with means for storing a quantity of record-medium* articles that are to be embossed, said means including a receptacle or container for storing the articles. | |
134.4 | ... On manually held embosser: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 134. Subject matter wherein the member that supports the type-die* elements is part of an instrumentality for embossing character* symbols one at a time in succession, which instrumentality is intended to be grasped in a hand of a user and operated while so grasped. | |
134.5 | .... Including web supply of record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 134.4. Subject matter wherein the instrumentality is provided with means for storing a quantity of record-medium* in the form of an indeterminate-length strip of material on which character* symbols are to be embossed. | |
134.6 | ... Including web supply of record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 134. Subject matter wherein the support for the type-die* elements is part of an instrumentality, which instrumentality is provided with means for storing a quantity of record-medium* in the form of an indeterminate-length strip of material on which character* symbols are to be embossed. | |
135 | TYPING TO PRODUCE PIERCED CHARACTER: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
in which imprinting on a record-medium* is accomplished
by a type-die* that contacts a surface of the record-medium
and cuts through that surface into the opposite surface to form
one or more perforations in the surface, which perforations taken together
represent a character*.
| |||
136 | . Cutout character for stencil: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 135. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
formation of a character* symbol by excising the record-medium* using
type-die* elements that sever the record-medium to produce
perforations therein, each perforation having an outline of a character
symbol.
| |||
137 | . Check-protection character: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 135. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
formation or character* symbols on a form that directs
a bank of financial institution to pay money, or a form that shows
the amount of money to be paid for value received.
| |||
138 | .. By type-die mounted on carrier movable for selection of character: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 137. Subject matter+ wherein a typewriter is provided
with a support for a multiplicity of type-die elements for piercing
the different character* symbols that the typewriter is
capable of piercing, which support is enabled to be moved relative
to the record-medium* whereby any of the type-die elements
may be selected to be impressed against the record-medium and the selected
type-die element may be impressed to pierce a character symbol on
the record-medium.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
138.1 | ... Electrically powered: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 138. Subject matter wherein electricity is used to energize selection of type-die* or operation of a function* of the typewriter. | |
138.2 | ... On rotatable carrier (e.g., for scarifying elements, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 138. Subject matter wherein the support for the type-die elements
is a member that turns about an axis to select the type-die to be
impressed against the record-medium*.
| |||
138.3 | .... Actuated by key-board control: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 138.2. Subject matter wherein the type-die* element that is to be impressed against the record-medium* is selected by pressing a corresponding key* element located on a key-board*, the pressing of which key causes selection of a type-die and movement of the selected type-die to the print-point*. | |
138.4 | .... Including plural-character type-die: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 138.2. Subject matter wherein at least one of the type-die* elements
is constructed so as to have type-dies representing or corresponding
to more than one character* symbol, whereby when one of
such elements is impressed against the record-medium*,
a plurality of character symbols will be formed in the record-medium.
| |||
138.5 | ..... And rotating contact with platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 138.4. Subject matter wherein the type-die* elements turn about an axis while being impressed against the record-medium* that is backed up by a platen*. | |
138.6 | .... For type-die including piercing or cutting elements: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 138.2. Subject matter wherein the type-die* elements include slender elements, each having a sharp point at one end, or include elements, each having a sharp edge, which sharp point or edges penetrate through both opposite surfaces of the record-medium* as the type-die impacts the record-medium. | |
139 | INCLUDING TYPE-SET-ASSEMBLAGE MOUNTED ON CARRIER AND RELATIVELY MOVABLE FOR SELECTION AND FOR IMPACT OF TYPE-FACE: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with a type-head-carrier* or
with a type-face-carrier*, either of which carriers supports
a type-set-assemblage* for movement of the type-face* elements
thereon relative to the record-medium*, whereby any of
the type-face elements may be selected or chosen to be impressed
against a record-medium and the selected or chosen type-face element
may be impressed to imprint a character* symbol.
| |||||||
140 | . Including type-faces movable relative to type-face-carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with a type-face-carrier* that
supports a type-set-assemblage* comprising a plurality
of separate type-face* elements, and wherein the typewriter
is also provided with a mechanism for selecting or choosing the
particular type-face that is to be impressed against the record-medium* and
with a mechanism for moving said type-face toward the print-point*.
| |||
141 | .. Slidable type-faces mounted on reciprocable carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 140. Subject matter wherein the type-face-carrier* supports
a plurality of type-face* elements each of which elements
may be reciprocated relative to the type-face-carrier, and wherein the
type-face-carrier may be reciprocated relative to the typewriter.
| |||
141.1 | ... On rotatable or oscillatable carrier reciprocable along its axis: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 141. Subject matter wherein the type-face-carrier* may be reciprocated relative to the typewriter and may also be turned in one direction of to-and-fro in opposite directions about an axis of turning, and wherein the reciprocation of the type-face carrier is along a line that coincides with said axis of turning. | |
142 | .. Slidable type-faces on rotatable carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 140. Subject matter wherein the type-face-carrier* supports a plurality of type-face* elements each of which elements may be reciprocated relative to the type-face-carrier, and wherein the type-face-carrier may be turned on an axis relative to the typewriter. | |
143 | .. Rotatable type-face-carrier including type-faces on pivotable arms: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 140. Subject matter wherein the type-face-carrier* supports
a plurality of members, each of which members is oscillatable to
and fro on its own axis, and each of which members supports one of
the type-face* elements of a type-set-assemblage*,
and wherein the type-face-carrier may be turned on an axis relative
to the typewriter.
| |||
144 | .. Type-face-carrier including type-faces on flexible arms: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 140. Subject matter wherein the type-face-carrier* supports a plurality of members, each of which members is resilient and oscillatable to and fro relative to the carrier, and each of which members supports one of the type-face* elements of a type-set-assemblage*. | |
144.1 | ... Rotatable or oscillatable carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 144. Subject matter wherein the type-face-carrier* may be turned relative to the typewriter either in one direction or to and fro in opposite directions about an axis of turning, thereby to turn the plurality of members and type-face* elements relative to the typewriter. | |
144.2 | .... Carrier having coplanar flexible arms (e.g., "daisy" wheel, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 144.1. Subject matter wherein the type-face carrier* includes
the plurality of resilient members, and wherein the members extend
radially from the axis of the carrier in substantially the same plane,
and each member, and the type-face* element supported thereby,
oscillates in a second plane that is coincident with said axis.
| |||
144.3 | ..... Continuously rotated carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 144.2. Subject matter wherein the type-face-carrier* turns in one direction without stopping during the typing operation of the typewriter. | |
144.4 | ..... Manually rotated carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 144.2. Subject matter wherein the type-face-carrier* turns by power applied directly by the typist to the carrier. | |
145 | .. Type-faces on deformable type-face-carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 140. Subject matter wherein the type-face-carrier* is made of a material that is resilient and supports a plurality of type-face* elements thereon, and wherein the selected or chosen type-face is yieldably displaced relative to the type-faces remaining in the type-set-assemblage* and the displaced type-face is impressed against the record-medium*. | |
145.1 | ... Rotatable carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 145. Subject matter wherein the type-face-carrier* may be turned on an axis relative to the typewriter. | |
145.2 | .... Cylindrical carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 145.1. Subject matter wherein the type-face-carrier* has
the configuration of a cylinder or a cylindroid.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
146 | . Including endless-band carrier for type-faces: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with a member
that supports a type-set-assemblage* for movement of the
type-face* elements therewith relative to the typewriter, which
member is an elongated, closed-loop strip trained around two or
more pulleys and movable in the direction of its elongation to select
or choose the type-face to be impressed, and which type-face elements
are moved with the strip in a direction substantially perpendicular
to the elongation toward the record-medium* to impress
the type-face against the record-medium.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
147 | . Type-faces arranged in rectilinear row and selected by reciprocable movement: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with a member
that supports a type-set-assemblage* for movement of the
type-face* elements therewith relative to the typewriter, which
member may be reciprocated along a first straight line for selection
or choice of the type-face elements thereon, and on which member
the type-face elements are supported in a second straight line that
is parallel to said first straight line.
| |||
148 | .. On rotatable carrier having plural rectilinear rows: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 147. Subject matter wherein the member is reciprocated along
said first straight line and also may be turned about an axis that
is parallel to said first straight line, and on which member two
or more sets of type-face* elements are supported, each
set in a straight line parallel to said first straight line.
| |||
149 | . Plural type-heads mounted for selective individual type-head-imprinting movement: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with two or more typehead* elements that are supported on the typewriter to enable motion of each of the typeheads toward the print-point* of the typewriter separately from the other(s) to imprint the selected or chosen type-face* element on the record-medium*. | |
150 | .. Type-heads arranged for selective individual imprinting movement away from coaxial rest position: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 149. Subject matter wherein each of the type-head* elements is supported for rotation on its own axis of rotation and each of the type-heads may be moved toward the print-point* of the typewriter separately from the other(s) to imprint the selected or chosen type-face* element on the record-medium* and wherein all of the axes of rotation of all the type-head elements are normally in the same line, the selected type-head being moved away from said line when it is moved toward the print-point. | |
151 | .. Turret carrier for type-heads: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 149. Subject matter wherein the type-head* elements are each supported on a platform or member, which platform or member is capable of rotation about an axis of rotation, and each of the type-head elements being capable of separate movement toward the print-point* of the typewriter. | |
151.1 | ... Axis of turret carrier parallel to platen axis: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 151. Subject matter wherein the print-point* is located on or adjacent to the platen* of the typewriter, which platen is rotatable about an axis, and wherein the axis of rotation of said platform is parallel to the axis of rotation of the platen. | |
152 | . Type drum having multiple type-set-assemblages: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a
member that is (a) cylindrical or cylindroidal, (b) rotatable about
an axis that extends through the cylinder parallel to the circumference
of the cylinder, and (c) supporting a plurality of type-set-assemblage* groups
of type-face* elements on the circumference of the cylinder.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
153 | . Imprint by movement of record-medium against type-face: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Subject matter wherein the relative movement between a selected or chosen type-face* and the record-medium* occurs as result of the record-medium being moved to the type-face for imprint of a character* symbol on the record-medium. | |
154 | .. By hammer impacting record-medium against type-face on type-head (e.g., type shuttle, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 153. Subject matter wherein the record-medium* is moved to a type-face* that is supported by a type-head* by means of a striking member that imparts to the record-medium a sudden movement toward the selected or chosen type-face. | |
154.1 | ... Including selection of type-face: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 154. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with mechanism
for selecting or choosing the particular type-face* that
is to be impressed against the record-medium* by the movement
of the record-medium toward the type-face.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
154.2 | .... Via pulley and cord arrangement (e.g., summing displacements): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 154.1. Subject matter wherein said selecting mechanism includes an elongated, flexible element trained around a plurality of rotatable wheels, the mechanism being connected to a type-head* that supports the type-face* elements. | |
154.3 | .... By shortest peripheral path: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 154.1. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a type-head* having a cylindroidal or spheroidal surface having the type-face* elements of a type-set-assemblage* thereon, which type-head is normally in a particular rest position and is moved to a second position at which the selected or chosen type-face will be impressed against the record-medium*, and wherein significance is attributed to movement of the type-head that results in the least amount of type-head movement as it moves from the rest position to the second position. | |
154.4 | .... Via coded disc in electric or magnetic circuit (e.g., photoelectric): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 154.1. Subject matter . wherein said selecting mechanism, includes
one or more circular plates, each plate being rotatable to a position
where particular index characteristics on the plate(s) are related
to an arrangement within the mechanism that causes completion of
an electrical or magnetic circuit, the completion of the circuit effecting
selection or choice of the type-face* desired by the typist.
| |||
154.5 | .... Via stepping motor responsive to selection: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 154.1. Subject matter wherein said selecting mechanism includes an electric motor that rotates incrementally, the rotation being caused by the selection or choice of a type-face* and the motor being connected to a type-head* that supports the type-face elements. | |
155 | .... Via electrical or electromagnetic means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 154.1. Subject matter wherein said selecting mechanism includes
an electrical circuit or an electromagnetic device connected to
a type-head* that supports the type-face* elements.
| |||
155.1 | ..... Including plural-function actuation by electromagnet(s): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 155. Subject matter wherein said selecting mechanism includes an electromagnet powered by an electrical current, and wherein the typewriter includes mechanism for performing at least one other function*, which function is energized by either the same electromagnet that energizes the selecting mechanism or by a different electromagnet powered by an electrical current. | |
156 | .... Via helical arrangement of projections: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 154.1. Subject matter wherein said selecting mechanism includes a rotatable cylindroidal member having elements on the cylindrical surface thereof that protrude from the surface, which elements are arranged to form a helix on the cylindrical surface and which elements engage portions of the selecting mechanism to connect the mechanism to a type-head* that supports the type-face* elements. | |
156.1 | .... Via mechanically permutated bar(s), disc(s), or plate(s): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 154.1. Subject matter wherein said selecting mechanism includes one or more members, each member being either (a) an elongated component that is movable along its length, or (b) a circular component that is rotatable, or (c) a flat and relatively thin component that is movable in a plane parallel to its width and length dimensions, and also having particular index characteristics on the member, which member(s) is/are moved to a position relative to an arrangement within the mechanism where the index characteristics are aligned to enable movement of another component of the mechanism to effect selection or choice of the type-face* desired by the typist. | |
156.2 | .... Via planetary gear arrangement: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 154.1. Subject matter wherein said selecting mechanism includes a plurality of toothed wheels in mesh one with the other(s) and at least one rotating and revolving about another, while in mesh therewith, which assemblage of toothed wheels in connected to a type-head* that supports type-face* elements, one of which elements is to be selected or chosen for impression. | |
156.3 | ..... Including latch means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 156.2. Subject matter wherein the assemblage of toothed elements is provided with means to temporarily secure the toothed elements together until the selected or chosen type-face* has been impressed against the record-medium*. | |
157 | ... Including type-faces arranged along helical path(s): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 154. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a
type-head* that is formed as a rotatable, cylindroidal
member having type-face* elements on the cylindroidal surface thereof,
which type-face elements are arrayed as a helix on the cylindroidal
surface, and wherein selection or choice of the type-face that is
to be impressed against the record-medium* is made from
one of the helically arrayed elements.
| |||
157.1 | ... Including particular structure of hammer(s): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 154. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to said striking member or the means for causing movement of, or supporting, said striking member. | |
157.2 | .... Electromagnetically actuated: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 157.1. Subject matter wherein the striking member is moved by a magnet that is powered by electricity. | |
157.3 | .... For variable impression (e.g., impact control): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 157.1. Subject matter wherein movement of the striking member is
regulated as to its striking force, whereby the striking force can
be changed as desired.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
157.4 | .... Hammer(s) mounted on endless belt or in helical array: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 157.1. Subject matter wherein the striking member(s) is/are supported on an elongated, closed-loop strip trained around two or more pulleys and movable in the direction of its elongation, or wherein the striking members are supported on a rotatable, cylindroidal component and are arranged in a helix around the circumference of said component. | |
158 | .. Including platen for moving record-medium against type-face and mechanism for feeding record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 153. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a
platen* that is a backup for the record-medium* and
is also provided with a mechanism for moving the record-medium in
a line-space* direction, which platen also moves the record-medium
toward the selected or chosen type-face* for imprint of
a character* symbol on the record-medium.
| |||
158.1 | ... Including moving and feeding by platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 158. Subject matter wherein the platen* also moves the record-medium* in a line-space* direction by rotation of the platen. | |
159 | .. Including platen for moving record-medium against type-face and mechanism for inking type-face: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 153. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a platen* that is a backup for the record-medium* and is also provided with a mechanism for applying ink* to the imprinting surface or line of a type-face*, which platen moves the record-medium toward the selected or chosen type-face for imprint of a character* symbol on the record-medium after said type-face has been inked. | |
160 | . Imprint by pivoting of type-head-carrier and type-head against record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a type-head-carrier* that supports a type-head* for movement relative to said carrier so that any of the type-face* elements on the type-head may be selected or chosen to be impressed on the record-medium*, and wherein the type-head-carrier is supported for arcuate movement of said carrier toward the record-medium to imprint the corresponding character* symbol on the record-medium. | |
161 | .. Type-head-carrier movable on movable carriage: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 160. Subject matter wherein said type-head-carrier* is mounted on a carriage* to be arcuately movable toward the record-medium* to impress a selected or chosen type-face* against the record-medium, and wherein said carriage is movable to impart character-space* and word-space* distances to the carriage and the type-head-carrier that is mounted thereon. | |
161.1 | ... Including selection of type-face (e.g., on "golf-ball" type-head): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 161. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with selecting
mechanism for moving the type-head* relative to its type-head-carrier* to select
or choose the particular type-face* that is to be impressed
against the record-medium* by movement of the type-head
toward the record-medium.
| |||
161.2 | .... Via gear train: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 161.1. Subject matter wherein said mechanism for selecting or choosing the particular type-face* is driven by an assemblage of toothed wheels or toothed members in mesh, one with the other(s), which assemblage is connected to a type-head* that supports type-face elements, one of which elements is to be selected or chosen for impression. | |
161.3 | ..... Gears mounted on type-head and type-head-carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 161.2. Subject matter wherein at least one of the toothed wheels is supported by, or integral with, the type-head* and at least another of the toothed wheels is supported by the type-head-carrier*. | |
161.4 | ..... Including gear (e.g., rack) reciprocated by transmission mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 161.2. Subject matter wherein said toothed member moves to-and-fro in a straight line and is driven by an assemblage of elements that converts movement of various kinds into the straight line movement of the toothed member. | |
161.5 | .... Via multiple cam surfaces: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 161.1. Subject matter wherein said mechanism for selecting or choosing
the particular type-face* is driven by a plurality of cam
surfaces that are connected by way of cam surface followers to the
type-head* that supports type-face elements, one of which
elements is to be selected or chosen for impression.
| |||
162 | .. Type-head movable for selection of type-face: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 160. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with selecting
mechanism for moving the type-head* relatively to its type-head-carrier* to
select or choose the particular type-face* that is to be
impressed against the record-medium* by movement of the
type-head toward the record-medium.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||||
162.1 | ... Via pulley and cord arrangement: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 162. Subject matter wherein said selecting mechanism includes an elongated, flexible element trained around a plurality of rotatable wheels, the mechanism being connected to a type-head* that supports the type-face* elements. | |
162.2 | ... Via shortest peripheral path: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 162. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a type-head* having a cylindroidal or spheroidal surface having the type-face* elements of a type-set-assemblage* thereon, which type-head is normally in a particular rest position and is moved to a second position at which the selected or chosen type-face will be impressed against the record-medium*, and wherein significance is attributed to movement of the type-head that results in the least amount of type-head movement as it moves from the rest position to the second position. | |
162.3 | ... Via coded disc in electric or magnetic circuit (e.g., photoelectric): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 162. Subject matter wherein said selecting mechanism includes
one or more circular plates, each plate being rotatable to a position
where particular index characteristics on the plate(s) are related
to an arrangement within the mechanism that causes completion of
an electrical or magnetic circuit, the completion of the circuit effecting
selection or choice of the type-face* desired by the typist.
| |||
163 | ... Via stepping motor responsive to selection: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 162. Subject matter wherein said selecting mechanism includes an electric motor that rotates incrementally, the rotation being caused by the selection or choice of a type-face* and the motor being connected to a type-head* that supports the type-face elements. | |
163.1 | ... Via electrical or electromagnetic means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 162. Subject matter wherein said selecting mechanism includes
an electrical circuit or an electromagnetic device connected to
a type-head* that supports the type-face* elements.
| |||
163.2 | .... Including electromagnetically actuated type-head movement toward record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 163.1. Subject matter wherein said electromagnetic device causes the type-head* to be moved in the direction of the record-medium* in order to effect the imprint of the selected type-face* element. | |
163.3 | .... Including plural-function actuation by electromagnet(s): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 163.1. Subject matter wherein said selecting mechanism includes an electromagnet powered by an electrical current, and wherein the typewriter includes mechanism for performing at least one other function*, which function is energized by either the same electromagnet that energizes the selecting mechanism or by a different electromagnet powered by an electrical current. | |
164 | ... Via helical arrangement of projections: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 162. Subject matter wherein said selecting mechanism includes a rotatable cylindroidal member having elements on the cylindrical surface thereof that protrude from the surface, which elements are arranged to form a helix on the cylindrical surface and which elements engage portions of the selecting mechanism to connect the mechanism to a type-head* that supports the type-face* elements. | |
164.1 | ... Via pneumatic actuation: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 162. Subject matter wherein said selecting mechanism is caused to operate by the energy that is transmitted and said mechanism by way of exertion of a force upon a gaseous material. | |
164.2 | ... Via setting elements actuating selector-command members: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 162. Subject matter wherein said selecting mechanism includes one or more members, each member being either (a) an elongated component that is movable along its length, or (b) a circular component that is rotatable, or (c) a flat and relatively thin component that is movable in a plane parallel to its width and length dimensions, and also having particular index characteristics on the member, which member(s) is/are moved to a position relative to an arrangement within the mechanism where the index characteristics are aligned to enable movement of another component of the mechanism to effect selection or choice of the type-face* desired by the typist. | |
164.3 | ... Control arm connected to selection gear and movable to engage key-lever-actuated abutment: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 162. Subject matter wherein said selecting mechanism includes a pivotable lever having at one end thereof a toothed portion that is in mesh with a toothed wheel that is associated with and drives the type-head*, which lever has at the other end thereof a portion that will engage any of a plurality of stops when one of the stops is interposed into the path of pivoting of the lever, the inter-position of the selected stop to be engaged being made by the depression of a selected key* element. | |
164.4 | ... Via stop pins actuatable by key-board: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 162. Subject matter wherein said selecting mechanism includes a plurality of slender, elongated elements that are connected to the type-head* for movement there of, each of said elements being also connected to and moved by the depression of a selected key* element. | |
164.5 | ... Toothed member connected to selection gear and slidable by key-lever movement: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 162. Subject matter wherein said selecting mechanism includes a bar having serrations or teeth along one edge thereof, the serrations being in mesh with a toothed wheel that is linked to the type-head* for movement thereof, which bar is reciprocated to various extents in accordance with the selection of a particular key* element and the depression of the selected key. | |
164.6 | ... Selection gear rotated by key-lever movement: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 162. Subject matter wherein said selecting mechanism includes a toothed wheel connected to the type-head* for movement thereof, which toothed wheel is turned by the depression of a key* element corresponding to the selected character* symbol desired to be typed. | |
165 | ... Simultaneous rotation and translation of type-head by manually powered actuation (e.g., helical shift): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 162. Subject matter wherein said selecting mechanism moves a type-head* that is formed as a rotatable cylindroidal member having type-face* elements on the cylindroidal surface thereof, which type-face elements are arrayed as a helix on the cylindroidal surface, and wherein selection or choice of the type-face that is to be impressed against a record-medium* is made by turning the member about its axis of rotation and moving the member along the axis at the same time it is turning, the movement being caused by a hand of the typist. | |
165.1 | ... Via manually powered actuation other than by key-board (e.g., stylus selection): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 162. Subject matter wherein selection or choice of the type-face* that
is to be impressed against the record-medium* is made by
a typist who moves a member that is part of a selecting mechanism
that does not include a key-board*.
| |||
165.2 | .... Including type-head movable to print-point by actuator common to all type-faces: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 165.1. Subject matter wherein said mechanism includes a type-head* that
is moved from a rest position to the print-point* position
by a member that causes only such movement, and wherein selection
or choice of the type-face* element that is to be impressed
against the record-medium* is made by a hand of the typist.
| |||||
165.3 | ..... Selection by rotatable dial: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 165.2. Subject matter wherein the type-head* has affixed thereto a plate bearing indicia, letters or character* symbols corresponding to those which may be imprinted on the record-medium*, which plate is turned by a hand of the typist to thereby turn the type-head for selection or choice of the type-face* to be impressed against the record-medium. | |
166 | .. Including impact control: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 160. Subject matter wherein the arcuate movement of said type-head-carrier* toward
the record-medium* is regulated as to its impression force,
whereby the impression force can be changed as desired.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
167 | .. Including rebound control: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 160. Subject matter wherein the type-head-carrier* is supported for arcuate movement from a rest position to a print-point* and for return arcuate movement from the print-point to the rest position, and wherein the return movement is regulated as to the force with which the type-head* is returned whereby the type-head will come to rest gently, or wherein the return movement is stopped as soon as the type-head reaches its rest position whereby the type-head is prevented from springing away from its rest position after return. | |
168 | .. Articulated-support joint: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 160. Subject matter wherein the type-head-carrier* is supported for arcuate movement from a rest position to a print-point* and for return arcuate movement from the print-point to the rest position, and wherein significance is attributed to the connection between the type-head-carrier and its support, which connection enables the arcuate movement to occur. | |
169 | .. Detenting to fix type-head for imprinting: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 160. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with mechanism on the type-head-carrier* to temporarily secure the type-head* to the type-head-carrier while said carrier is moving toward the record-medium* whereby the selected or chosen type-face* element will not move relative to the type-head-carrier. | |
170 | .. Including movable printing anvil within type-head: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 160. Subject matter wherein the type-head* is a hollow member having type-face* elements on the exterior surface thereof, and wherein the member is provided with one or more elements adjacent to the interior surface of the member, which element(s) move(s) to engage the interior surface opposite to the type-face element that has been selected or chosen to be impressed against the record-medium*. | |
171 | . Plural type-set-assemblages selectively moveable from a storage station to a printing station: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with more than one type-set-assemblage*, only one of which assemblages is actively in use during any particular period of time, the other(s) of the assemblages being retained inactively at a location on or adjacent to the typewriter for easy removal from the inactive location to the active location. | |
172 | . Type-faces mounted on type chips and removable from storage for printing: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a type-set-assemblage* comprising type-face* elements all of which elements are separate and separable one from the others, and all of which elements are supported in or on a type-face-carrier* from which carrier each selected or chosen type-face is taken for impression of the type-face against a record-medium* and replaced into the carrier. | |
173 | . With means for exposing last-typed character: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means
for showing the typist the character* symbol that was imprinted
just prior to the time that the typist wished to see the character.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
174 | . Type-head, per se: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the type-head* that bears a type-set-assemblage* in a typewriter. | |
175 | .. Detachable from carrier (e.g., inter-changeable): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 174. Subject matter wherein the type-head* may be removed from the type-head-carrier* and replaced thereon or another type-head replaced on the type-head-carrier. | |
176 | HAVING FLUID-PRESSURE POWER DRIVE: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein a typewriter or a portion thereof
is caused to operate by energy that is derived from or transmitted
via the exertion of force upon a fluid (i.e., a flowable material).
| |||
177 | . Including pneumatic decoder for perforated tape: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 176. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is controlled for operation by a mechanism that includes (a) a strip having holes therein, and (b) means for moving the strip relative to a bar having holes therein whereby the strip will cover the holes in the bar except when a hole in the strip matches a hole in the bar, and (c) means for passing air or gas through the holes in the bar when a hole in the bar is uncovered by a hole in the strip, whereby a signal or pulse is generated by the passage of air or gas through a hole in the bar, and (d) means for converting the signals or pulses so generated into one or more operation(s) of the typewriter. | |
178 | . For producing typewriter-control tape (e.g., perforated tape, etc.) |
This subclass is indented under subclass 176. Subject matter wherein the energy of said fluid is used
to form indicia on a strip that will subsequently be used to regulate
the operation(s) of a typewriter.
| |||
179 | . For type-face selection or choice: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 176. Subject matter wherein the energy of said fluid is used
to select or choose a type-face* element that is to be
impressed against a record-medium*, or is used to cause
the selected or chosen type-face element to be impressed against
the record-medium to imprint a character* symbol thereon.
| |||||
180 | .. Including key-board driven by external pneumatic source: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 179. Subject matter wherein the energy of said fluid is used to depress the selected key* elements on the key-board* of the typewriter, and wherein the force exerted upon the fluid is applied by means outside of the typewriter. | |
181 | .. By pneumatic actuation of type-face or type-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 179. Subject matter wherein the energy of said fluid is used to cause a selected or chosen type-face* element or a type-bar* carrying such element to be impressed against the record-medium* to imprint a character* symbol thereon. | |
182 | . For movement of carriage or platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 176. Subject matter wherein the energy of said fluid is used to cause motion of either the carriage* or the platen* of the typewriter. | |
183 | .. Including line-spacing: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 182. Subject matter wherein the motion of either the carriage* or of the platen* is such as to effect line-space* distances to the record-medium*. | |
184 | HAVING TYPEWRITER-CONTROLLED RECIPROCABLE ELECTROMAGNETIC DRIVE FOR PLURAL FUNCTIONS IN SAME TYPEWRITER: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with means
to actuate the operation of more than one function* thereof,
each of said means including a magnetic* motor energized by
electricity and movable to-and-fro in a straight line, and the actuation
of each of said means being initiated by a typist who is typing on
the typewriter that is being actuated.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
185 | HAVING POWER-DRIVEN OPERATOR FOR PLURAL FUNCTIONS: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with means
to actuate the operation of more than one function* thereof,
each of said means being energized by force other than that supplied
by the typist.
| |||
186 | . Via continuously rotated power roll selectively connected to operate: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 185. Subject matter wherein the energizing force drives one function* or
another function at the will of the typist by way of a continuously rotated
power roll.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
187 | . Usable selectively (e.g., for powered or manual operation, alternative usable functions, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 185. Subject matter wherein the energizing force drives one function* or
another function at the will of the typist, or wherein the energizing force
is either used or not used to operate the typewriter at the will
of the typist.
| |||
188 | FOR TYPING ON REVERSE SURFACE OF RECORD-MEDIUM: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein a record-medium* has a first
surface which faces toward a platen*, and the record-medium
has a second surface which faces toward a type-face* when the
type-face is at a print-point*, and wherein significance
is attributed to imprinting character* symbols on the first
surface of the record-medium.
| |||
189 | . By simultaneous use of both surfaces of same ribbon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 188. Subject matter wherein a ribbon* is used as a transfer-medium* for imprinting said character* symbols on said first surface, and wherein the same ribbon is used as a transfer-medium for imprinting corresponding character symbols on another record-medium surface or on a surface of another record-medium at the same time the character symbols are imprinted on the first surface. | |
190 | . By use of "carbon paper": |
This subclass is indented under subclass 188. Subject matter wherein carbon paper is used as a transfer-medium* for
imprinting said character* symbols on said first surface.
| |||
191 | INCLUDING INTERPOSED INKING DEVICE (E.G., RIBBON) FOR RECORD-MEDIUM: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a transfer-medium* which
is intended to be positioned between a record-medium* and
a type-face* to have simultaneous surface contact with
the type-face and the record-medium to form a character* on
the record-medium, or to the manner of renewing the transfer characteristics
of the transfer-medium while it is on the typewriter, or to the manner
of holding the transfer-medium on the typewriter, or to the manner
of moving the transfer-medium relative to the print-point* on the
typewriter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||||||||
192 | . Moved by continuously rotating power drive intermittently applied: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 191. Subject matter wherein the transfer-medium* is
a ribbon* having a length dimension and a width dimension,
and wherein movement along either dimension is imparted to the ribbon
by way of a rotated power drive intermittently applied, the rotation
of the drive shaft not stopping during the operation of the typewriter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
193 | . Inking device handheld during typing: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 191. Subject matter wherein the transfer-medium* is manually supported between the record-medium* and the type-face* as the type-face is impressed against the record-medium through the transfer-medium. | |
194 | . Endless ribbon or cartridge therefor: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 191. Subject matter wherein the transfer-medium* is
a ribbon* in the form of a closed-loop band having an elongated
dimension.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
195 | .. Mobius strip: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 194. Subject matter wherein the ribbon is a one-sided surface
formed by holding a first end of an elongated rectangle fixed, rotating
the opposite end 180 about an axis coincident with a centerline
of the rectangle parallel to the long dimension thereof, and securing
the opposite end to the first end.
| |||
196 | .. Including storage (e.g., in cartridge, etc.) of ribbon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 194. Subject matter wherein a portion of the band is supported in a holder, and the band and holder are attachable to and removable from the typewriter as a unit to facilitate replacement of the band. | |
196.1 | ... Having ribbon stored in pleated form: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 196. Subject matter wherein the portion of the band in the holder is folded in a regular pattern of folds that are transverse to the elongated dimension of the band, and are alternately folded in opposite folds. | |
197 | . Renovation of used ribbon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 191. Subject matter wherein the transfer-medium* is
a ribbon* which ribbon during typing is at least partially
depleted of ink*, and the ribbon is treated to maintain
or increase its efficacy as a transfer-medium while the ribbon is
on the typewriter.
| |||
198 | .. With ink heater (e.g., for melting solid ink): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 197. Subject matter wherein ink* which is on or to be
added to the ribbon* is relatively thick, hard, or viscous
at normal room temperature, and wherein the typewriter is provided
with means for elevating the temperature of the ink to increase
its flowability.
| |||
199 | .. By discrete auxiliary band movable with ribbon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 197. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* is movable in
a direction parallel to its longitudinal extent while it is on the
typewriter, and the ribbon treatment includes contacting the ribbon
with a separate elongated strip of material, said strip moving in
face to face contact and concurrently with at least a portion of
the ribbon.
| |||
200 | .. Selectively actuatable re-inker: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 197. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* is treated by a device which adds ink* to the ribbon; said device being movable at the will of the typist, to either a position on the typewriter at which the device is operative to add ink to a position at which it is inoperative to add ink. | |
201 | .. Of multicolor ribbon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 197. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* which is treated has plural fields of differently pigmented or tinted ink* materials. | |
202 | .. Renovator attachable to typewriter for replenishing ribbon ink: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 197. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* is treated by a device which adds ink* to the ribbon, said device being detachably mounted on the typewriter. | |
202.1 | ... Attached to ribbon spool: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 202. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* is wound in convolutions on a reel, which is mounted on the typewriter, and the device for adding ink* is mounted in or on said reel. | |
202.2 | ... And includes refillable chamber (e.g., reservoir) for liquid ink: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 202. Subject matter wherein the device for adding ink* to the ribbon* comprises a container which can be resupplied with flowable ink. | |
202.3 | .... And conveyor or discrete drops of ink: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 202.2. Subject matter wherein the ink* from the container is supplied to the ribbon* via a member that transports the ink in separate globulelike portions. | |
202.4 | .... And re-inking roller: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 202.2. Subject matter wherein the ink* from the container is supplied to the ribbon* via a rotatable member having a cylindrical surface for receiving and transporting the ink. | |
203 | . Ribbon disposed within platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 191. Subject matter wherein the transfer-medium* is
a ribbon*, and the ribbon is housed interiorly of a hollow
typewriter platen*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
204 | . For typing plural copies simultaneously with ribbon(s) (e.g., duplicate typing): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 191. Subject matter wherein the transfer-medium* is
a ribbon* and wherein plural portions of the same ribbon,
or plural ribbons, are positionable relative to plural record-medium* pieces
so that a single impact of a type-face* against the record-medium* imprints
an identical character* on each of said pieces at the same
time.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||||||
205 | .. Including holder for short length of ribbon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 204. Subject matter wherein there is provided a device for supporting at least one ribbon* in position relative to a platen* to receive a type-face* impact and wherein the length of the ribbon or ribbons supported by said device approximates the platen dimension along the print-line*. | |
205.1 | ... Holder movable to inoperative position on typewriter: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 205. Subject matter wherein the device, while mounted on the
typewriter, is selectively positionable by the typist to move the
ribbon* or ribbons supported by the device to a position where
the ribbon or ribbons will not receive the type-face* impact.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
206 | .. Using plural ribbon(s) [e.g., additional ribbon(s)]: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 204. Subject matter wherein the imprinting of identical character* symbols on the record-medium* pieces is accomplished by the concurrent use of more than one ribbon. | |
206.1 | ... Including "carbon paper" ribbon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 206. Subject matter wherein at least one ribbon* is
a ribbon formed from carbon paper.
| |||
206.2 | ... And ribbon holder movable to inoperative position on typewriter: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 206. Subject matter wherein there is provided a device for supporting
at least one ribbon* in position on the typewriter to receive
a type-face* impact, and wherein said device, while mounted
on the typewriter is selectively positionable by the typist to move
the ribbon or ribbons supported by the device to a position where
the ribbon or ribbons will not receive the type-face impact.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
206.3 | ... On plural coaxial spools: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 206. Subject matter wherein ribbon*-receiving reels are provided to mount the ribbons on the typewriter, and wherein at least two of the reels are so mounted on the typewriter, as to have a common centerline about which the reels may rotate in paying-out or taking-up the ribbons. | |
206.4 | ... On single spool: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 206. Subject matter wherein at least one ribbon*-receiving reel is provided to mount the ribbons on the typewriter, and wherein more than one ribbon is convoluted on a single reel. | |
207 | . Package for ribbon facilitating mounting of ribbon on typewriter (e.g., ribbon cartridge): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 191. Subject matter wherein the transfer-medium* is
a ribbon* housed in a receptacle, and wherein the ribbon
and receptacle are attachable to and removable from the typewriter
as a unit, or the receptacle contributes in simplifying attachment
of the ribbon to the typewriter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
208 | .. Package attached to typewriter: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 207. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* and the receptacle remain on the typewriter during typing. | |
208.1 | ... And includes separable assemblage of spools: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 208. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* receptacle comprises a pair of interconnected ribbon-receiving reels, and wherein the reels are disconnected from each other when attached to the typewriter. | |
209 | . For bottom-strike typewriter: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 191. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a ribbon* specialized for use in a typewriter in which type-face* elements impact against the platen* (and thereby impact against a record-medium* that is backed by the platen) at a print-point* located adjacent to an underneath part of the platen. | |
210 | . For boldface typing: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 191. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to imprinting
character* symbols formed of lines having greater than
normal thickness.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
211 | . Including mechanism for shifting ribbon laterally at print-point: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 191. Subject matter wherein the transfer-medium* is
a ribbon and provision is made for moving the ribbon in a direction
transverse to its elongated dimension, such movement occurring in an
area of the typewriter adjacent to the print-point*.
| |||
212 | .. Via electrically powered actuator: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 211. Subject matter wherein the movement of a ribbon* in a transverse direction is accomplished with the help of force derived from electrical energy. | |
213 | .. For impact of successive type-face on one field of ribbon in path not parallel to longitudinal extent of ribbon (e.g., "zigzag", oblique, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 211. Subject matter wherein type-face* elements strike
the same print-point* of a typewriter in a series of impacts
against a ribbon* that moves in a length direction between
successive impacts and that has a zone of a particular color, the
dimensions of which zone correspond to the length and to at least
part of the width of the ribbon, and wherein succeeding elements
impact the zone at areas of the zone that are spaced widthwise as
well as lengthwise of the ribbon.
| |||
213.1 | ... Via ribbon vibrator: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 213. Subject matter wherein the transverse movement of the ribbon* is
accomplished by a ribbon vibrator*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
214 | .. Plural ribbons shiftable laterally (e.g., by duplicate vibrators): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 211. Subject matter wherein more than one ribbon* is mounted on the typewriter, and provision is made for such transverse movement to be given to each of the ribbons. | |
215 | .. By ribbon vibrator: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 211. Subject matter wherein at least a portion of an elongated
ribbon* is constrained for movement within a vibrator* and
wherein the vibrator moves the constrained portion transversely
to the elongated dimension of the ribbon.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
215.1 | ... Including vibrator shiftable during use of nonfeed character key (e.g., for typing accent mark, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 215. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with means
for normally moving the carriage* to the extent of a character-space* for each
depression of a character* key* and with means
for normally moving the vibrator* concurrently with carriage
movement, and wherein significance is attributed to a mode of operation
in which a character key is depressed to move the vibrator without
concurrent movement of the carriage.
| |||
215.2 | ... With retardation of vibrator return after type-face impact (e.g., with dashpot): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 215. Subject matter wherein the vibrator* movement is
regulated in such a manner that the ribbon* is temporarily
held at its print-point* covering position for receiving
successive type-face* impacts without completely uncovering
the print-point after each impact.
| |||
215.3 | ... With elevation and holding of vibrator above print-point (e.g., to facilitate ribbon insertion: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 215. Subject matter wherein provision is made for selectively lifting and sustaining the vibrator* in a position higher than the print-point* to facilitate access to the vibrator. | |
215.4 | ... With inactivation of vibrator (e.g., for cutting a stencil): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 215. Subject matter wherein provision is made for selectively controlling the movement of the vibrator* in a manner such that the typist may choose to not have the vibrator move transversely so that the ribbon* will not cover the print-point* during typing. | |
216 | ... Including variable throw of vibrator: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 215. Subject matter wherein provision is made for changing the extent of transverse movement imparted to the vibrator* so as to change the extent the ribbon* is moved transversely relative to the print-point*. | |
216.1 | .... For diverse-field (e.g., plural-color) ribbon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 216. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* has zones with different characteristics, each zone having dimensions that correspond to the length and to at least part of the width of the ribbon, and the change in the extent of the transverse vibrator* movement is for changing the ribbon zone which is over the print-point* to receive the type-face* impact. | |
216.2 | ..... With typewriter-controlled change of field: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 216.1. Subject matter wherein a first part of a typewriter moves
to accomplish its intended first-part function, and during said
movement the first part engages a second part to move the second
part, and wherein movement of the second part causes movement of
the vibrator* that changes the ribbon* zone that
is over the print-point*.
| |||
216.3 | ..... By movement parallel to print-line: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 216.1. Subject matter wherein the vibrator movement is in the same direction as the longitudinal extent of the print-line*. | |
216.4 | ..... Vibrator throw controlled via alternate pins selectively inserted in slots: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 216.1. Subject matter wherein an assemblage of elements for moving the vibrator* to change ribbon* zones includes one member or members having plural peg-like projections selectively positionable in respective elongated openings in another member or members, and wherein the extent of vibrator movement is controlled according to which of the pins is positioned relative to its respective opening. | |
216.5 | ..... Field selection by selectively positioned stop faces to limit vibrator movement: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 215.1. Subject matter wherein an assemblage of elements for moving the vibrator* to change ribbon* zones includes a member having a surface which, during vibrator movement, is intended to contact an abutment surface on another member, and wherein the extent of vibrator movement for zone selection is controlled by the position of said abutment surface. | |
216.6 | ..... To compensate for case-shift: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 216.1. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to accommodating the extent of transverse vibrator* movement to take into account relative change of position between a record-medium* and a type-face* as a result of case-shift*. | |
217 | .. To shift impact path (e.g., during ribbon reversal): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 211. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* is intended to receive multiple type-face* impacts along a first zone extending parallel to the elongated dimensions of the ribbon, and wherein significance is attributed to the manner of moving the ribbon transversely relative to its elongated dimension so that subsequent type-face impacts will be in a different zone transversely spaced from the first zone. | |
217.1 | ... By adjustable ribbon guide spaced from supply spool: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 217. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* is wound in convolutions of a reel and is led from the reel past the print-point* via a member which causes the ribbon to follow a predetermined path, and wherein the transverse movement of the ribbon is caused by selectively changing the position of said member relative to the print-point. | |
218 | . Ribbon-reversing mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 191. Subject matter wherein the transfer-medium* is a ribbon* and the provision is made for moving the ribbon relative to a print-point* in a first direction as character* symbols are imprinted on a record-medium* during typing, and wherein significance is attributed to a manner of causing the ribbon to move relative to the print-point in a direction opposite to said first direction for further typing of characters on the record-medium using the same ribbon. | |
219 | .. Including means responsive to depletion of ribbon supply: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 218. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* is moved to the print-point* from a location where the ribbon has been stored on the typewriter, and wherein there is means for detecting when such ribbon storage has been exhausted to cause the ribbon to move in the opposite direction. | |
219.1 | ... Including an electric switch: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 219. Subject matter wherein said detecting means includes a device for influencing an electrical circuit used in the operation of a member or members controlling the direction of movement of the ribbon*. | |
219.2 | ... Including lever retained in spool by wound ribbon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 219. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* is stored on the typewriter in convolutions on a reel, and wherein said detecting means includes a member mounted on the reel and held in a first position by the convoluted ribbon, said member being movable to a second position to influence ribbon direction-changing means when the ribbon has been unwound from engagement with the member. | |
219.3 | ... Including sensor for diameter of wound ribbon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 219. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* is stored on the typewriter accumulated in wound convolutions, and wherein said detecting means includes a detecting member which is biased against the outermost convolution in a manner such that said member moves as the number of convolutions increases or decreases and wherein the movement of said member influences the ribbon direction-changing means. | |
219.4 | .... Sensor received in depression in core of spool: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 219.3. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* is stored on the typewriter in convolutions around a cylindrical surface of a reel, and wherein said cylindrical surface includes an opening or cavity which receives said detecting member when all the convolutions have been exhausted from the reel. | |
219.5 | ... Including projection from ribbon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 219. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* includes a protuberance
from a surface thereof, and said detecting means includes a member
actuated by said protuberance to influence ribbon direction-changing
means when the ribbon storage is exhausted.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
220 | .. Alternative pawl-and-ratchet drive including ratchet directly connected to spool or spindle: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 218. Subject matter wherein opposite ends of the ribbons* are
attached respectively to first and second cylindrical members, the
first member having a first ratchet* secured thereon to
be driven by a first pawl* and thereby move the ribbon
in the first direction by winding it on the first member, and the
second member having a second ratchet secured thereon to be driven
by a second pawl and thereby move the ribbon in the opposite direction
by winding it on the second member, and wherein means are provided for
causing the first pawl to be operative in its driving relationship
with the first ratcher while the second pawl is caused to be inoperative,
or for causing the second pawl to be operative in its driving relationship
with the second ratchet while the first pawl is caused to be inoperative.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
220.1 | ... Including common pawl member (e.g., double-toothed pawl): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 220. Subject matter wherein the first and second pawls* are formed as integral parts of a single component. | |
220.2 | ... Including member interposed in pawl drive path: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 220. Subject matter wherein the means for causing a pawl* to be inoperative includes an element having a surface positionable in the path of the pawl to prevent engagement of the pawl with its ratchet*. | |
221 | .. Alternative gear drive including gear directly connected to spool or spindle: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 218. Subject matter wherein opposite ends of the ribbon* are
attached respectively to first and second cylindrical members, the
first member having a first toothed-driven wheel secured thereto,
and the second member having a second toothed-driven wheel secured
thereto, the first and second driven wheels being driven by a toothed
driving wheel selectively engageable with either of the driven wheels
or being driven by first or second driving wheels engageable respectively
with the first or the second driven wheels, the driving wheel or
wheels having a different axis of rotation than the driven wheels,
and wherein shiftable means are provided to selectively cause a
driving wheel to operatively engage the first driven wheel to move
the ribbon the first direction by winding the ribbon on the first
member, or to cause a driving wheel to operatively engage the second driven
wheel to move the ribbon in the opposite direction by winding the
ribbon on the second member.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
221.1 | ... And gears mounted on ends of axially shiftable common shaft: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Subject matter wherein a first driving wheel is secured to one extremity of a rod having an elongated dimension and a second driving wheel is secured to the opposite extremity of the same rod, the rod being shiftable in opposite directions parallel to the elongated dimension of the rod to either engage the first driving wheel with the first driven wheel or to engage the second driving wheel with the second driven wheel. | |
221.2 | ... And gears mounted on ends of pivoted common shaft: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Subject matter wherein a first driving wheel is secured to one extremity of a rod having an elongated dimension, and a second driving wheel is secured to the opposite extremity of the same rod, the rod being movable about an axis perpendicular to its elongated dimension to either engage the first driving wheel with the first driven wheel or to engage the second driving wheel with the second driven wheel. | |
222 | .. Alternative clutch drive including clutch member directly connected to spool or spindle: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 218. Subject matter wherein opposite ends of the ribbon* are attached respectively to first and second cylindrical members, the first member having a first driven coupling device secured thereto, and the second member having a second driven coupling device secured thereto, the first and second driven coupling devices being driven by a driving coupling device selectively engageable with either of the driven coupling devices or being driven by first or second driving coupling devices selectively engageable respectively with the first or the second driven coupling devices, the driving coupling device or devices being coaxial with the driven coupling devices and the driving and driven devices having a one-to-one drive ratio, and wherein shiftable means are provided to selectively cause a driving coupling device to operatively engage the first driven coupling device to move the ribbon in the first direction by winding the ribbon on the first member, or to cause a driving coupling device to operatively engage the second driven coupling device to move the ribbon in the opposite direction by winding it on the second member. | |
223 | . Ribbon-feeding mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 191. Subject matter wherein the transfer-medium* is
a ribbon* and significance is attributed to a manner of
moving the ribbon relative to a print-point* in a direction
parallel to the longitudinal extent of the ribbon as character* symbols
are imprinted on a record-medium* or to the manner of regulating
such ribbon movement.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
224 | .. For feeding ribbon angularly to print-line at print-point: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 223. Subject matter wherein the lengthwise dimension of at least a portion of the ribbon* which is at the print-point* extends in a direction other than parallel to the print-line*. | |
224.1 | ... Ribbon fed perpendicular to print-line at print-point: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 224. Subject matter wherein the lengthwise dimension of the portion of the ribbon* which is at the print-point* extends at a right-angle to the print-line*. | |
224.2 | .... Ribbon is full-page wide: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 224.1. Subject matter wherein a dimension of the ribbon* transverse
to the longitudinal extent of the ribbon is approximately the same
as the dimension of the record-medium* parallel to the
print-line*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
225 | .. Including electrically powered drive means (e.g., solenoid, stepping motor, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 223. Subject matter wherein movement of the ribbon* is accomplished with the help of force derived from electrical energy. | |
226 | .. For feeding ribbon partial character-space before impact and partial character-space after impact: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 223. Subject matter wherein the ribbon is moved relative to the
print-point* in incremental distances approximating the
width of a character* as characters are imprinted on the
record-medium*, and wherein the ribbon is moved a portion
of such incremental distance prior to a type-face* contacting
the ribbon, and the ribbon is moved the remaining portion of such incremental
distance after the same type-face contacts the ribbon.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
227 | .. For narrow carbon ribbon (e.g., carbon ink, "single use", etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 223. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* being moved
is a carbon-ink ribbon or a "carbon-paper" ribbon.
| |||
227.1 | ... Ribbon destroyed after use: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 227. Subject matter wherein provision is made for treating the ribbon* on the typewriter after the ribbon leaves the print-point* so as to render illegible any type-face* impressions on the ribbon or to make the ribbon useless for further typing. | |
227.2 | ... Or for alternately used fabric ribbon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 227. Subject matter wherein a "fabric" ribbon* is also
mounted for use on the typewriter and provision is made for either
moving the fabric ribbon relative to the print-point* or
for moving the "carbon-paper" or "carbon-ink" ribbon
relative to the print-point, the ribbon which is so moved being
selectable by the typist which is so moved being selectable by the
typist.
| |||
228 | .. Including pin-feed-engaging ribbon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 223. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* is moved by contacting the ribbon with elements that are movable in a ribbon-feeding direction, which elements either pierce the ribbon or move into preformed openings in the ribbon. | |
229 | .. Mounted with movable type-face-carrier or type-head-carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 223. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* is attached to a type-face-carrier* or is attached to a type-head-carrier* either of which carriers moves relative to a stationary record-medium* for imprinting the character* symbols along the print-line*, whereby the ribbon moves with either the type-face-carrier or the type-head-carrier. | |
230 | .. With fast rewind of ribbon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 223. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* is supplied to the print-point* from a coiled supply of the ribbon so that the supply is depleted while the ribbon is moved in a first direction during imprinting of character* symbols, and wherein provision is made for rapidly moving the ribbon in the opposite direction to replenish the coiled supply, no character symbols being imprinted during such rapid movement. | |
231 | .. With prevention of ribbon feed (e.g., for nontype operation, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 223. Subject matter wherein there is a drive mechanism for moving
the ribbon* relative to the print-point*, and
wherein significance is attributed to stopping or disconnecting
such drive mechanism while a function* is performed on the
typewriter.
| |||
232 | .. Including feed at particular feed rate (e.g., "creep" feed): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 223. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* is moved a predetermined
distance relative to the print-point* each time a character* is
imprinted on the record-medium*, and wherein significance is
attributed to the speed at which the ribbon is so moved or to the
distance the ribbon is so moved.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
233 | .. Ribbon feed from supply only during carriage return: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 223. Subject matter wherein a carriage* is moved in a first direction along a print-line* as character* symbols are imprinted, and the carriage is moved in a second direction opposite to the first direction to begin another print-line, and wherein the ribbon* is moved to the print-point* from a location where the ribbon has been stored on the typewriter, such movement of the ribbon from storage taking place only when the carriage is moved in the second direction. | |
234 | .. Including ribbon tensioner: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 223. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means for maintaining the ribbon* in a relatively taut or non-sagging condition as the ribbon is moved relative to the print-point*. | |
235 | .. Drive applied by means directly engaging ribbon in advance of takeup: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 223. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* is accumulated at a location on the typewriter after the ribbon has moved past the print-point*, and wherein the ribbon is moved in the direction parallel to its longitudinal extent by a motion-transmitting mechanism which contacts the ribbon at a place on the typewriter between the print-point and the accumulated location of the ribbon. | |
235.1 | ... Drive applied by pinch-roller couple: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 235. Subject matter wherein the motion-transmitting mechanism includes a pair of rotatable cylindrical members positioned with respect to each other, and to the ribbon*, in a manner such that one member engages one surface of the ribbon, and the other member engages the opposite surface of the ribbon, whereby rotation of the members in opposite rotational directions moves the ribbon toward the location wherein the ribbon is accumulated. | |
236 | .. Drive applied directly to spool or spool spindle: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 223. Subject matter wherein one end of the ribbon* is attached to a cylindrical member, and wherein the ribbon is moved past the print-point* by rotating the member about its axis to wind the ribbon in convolutions thereon, said member being rotated by a motion-transmitted mechanism, and said mechanism including a component rigidly secured to the cylindrical member. | |
236.1 | ... By a pawl driving a ratchet on the spool or spindle: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 236. Subject matter wherein the component secured to the cylindrical
member is a ratchet*, and wherein the motion-transmitting
mechanism includes a pawl* for moving the ratchet.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
236.2 | ... By a gear driving a gear on the spool or spindle: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 236. Subject matter wherein the component secured to the cylindrical
member is a first toothed wheel, and wherein the motion-transmitting mechanism
includes a second toothed wheel engageable to rotate the first toothed
wheel, said first and second toothed wheels having different and
non-coextensive axes of rotation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
237 | . Ribbon, per se: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 191. Subject matter wherein the transfer-medium* is
a ribbon* and significance is attributed to the structure
or characteristics of the ribbon.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
238 | .. Having leader portion (e.g., for threading, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 237. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a modification
of either end of the ribbon*.
| |||
239 | .. With ribbon-reversing indicator or device on ribbon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 237. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* is of a kind which,
when in use on a typewriter, is intended to be moved in either of
opposite directions relative to a print-point*, and wherein
significance is attributed to a modification of the ribbon which
either alerts the typist that directional change of the ribbon is
desired or controls the mechanism for changing the directional movement
of the ribbon.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
240 | .. Including differently pigmented fields: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 237. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* has plural zones impregnated or coated with a coloring agent intended to be transferred from the ribbon to the record-medium* during typing, the coloring agent in one zone being ink* of a first color, and the coloring agent in another zone being of a different shade or color than the first color. | |
240.1 | ... Including correction-material field: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 240. Subject matter wherein one of the zones includes a coloring
agent which is a coating of a color approximating the color of the
record-medium*, which coating will adhere to the ink*,
of an imprinted character*, or wherein one of the zones
includes a chemical agent which eradicates the ink that has been imprinted
on the record-medium.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
240.2 | ... With prevention of bleeding between adjacent fields: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 240. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a manner of impeding the migration of the coloring agent from one zone to another zone next to it. | |
240.3 | ... Including fields arranged transversely to elongated dimension of ribbon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 240. Subject matter wherein each zone has a dimension that corresponds to the width and to only a part of the length of the ribbon*. | |
240.4 | ... Including more than two fields: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 240. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* has at least three zones. | |
241 | .. Particular ribbon material: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 237. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the substance from which the ink*-carrying portion of the ribbon* is made. | |
241.1 | ... Synthetic material: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 241. Subject matter wherein the substance is a compound formed
from chemical reaction involving elements, radical, or simpler compounds.
| |||
241.2 | .... Wherein ink is entrapped in ribbon material (e.g., microcapsules, micropores, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 241.1. Subject matter wherein the substance includes a component having extremely small orifices or openings or chambers therein, the orifices or openings or chambers each holding a discrete quantity of ink*. | |
241.3 | ... Particular weave pattern: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 241. Subject matter wherein the ribbon is formed from interlaced thread-like elements, and wherein significance is attributed to the manner in which such elements are arranged relative to each other. | |
241.4 | ... Including ink-impervious backing for ribbon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 241. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* has first and second surfaces, the first surface contacting a record-medium* to imprint a character* by transferring ink* from the ribbon to the record-medium when the second surface is contacted by a type-face*, and wherein the second surface of the ribbon is formed of a substance through which ink is incapable of passing to preclude direct contact of the type-face with ink. | |
242 | . Ribbon spool or mount therefor: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 191. Subject matter wherein the transfer-medium* is
a ribbon* in the form of an elongated tape that is spirally
wound around a cylindrical member, and wherein significance is attributed to
said member or to holding the member and the ribbon wound thereon
on a typewriter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||||||||
243 | .. Universally adaptable: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 242. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a modification of, or an attachment for, the cylindrical member which facilitates holding the member on any of diverse shapes or kinds of supports on a typewriter. | |
244 | .. Including ribbon-reversing indicator or device on spool or mount: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 242. Subject matter wherein the cylindrical member is intended
to be rotated in either of opposite directions depending on whether
the ribbon is to be wound thereon or to be unwound therefrom, and
wherein significance is attributed to a modification of such cylindrical
member which either alerts the typist that a change in directional
rotation of the member is desired, or which controls the mechanism
for changing the directional rotation of the member.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
245 | .. Including magnetic retainer: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 242. Subject matter wherein magnetic* force is used to hold the cylindrical member in position on the typewriter. | |
246 | .. Spool for full-page-wide ribbon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 242. Subject matter wherein the cylindrical member is intended
to accommodate a ribbon* having a dimension transverse
to its longitudinal extent which dimension is approximately the
same as the dimension of the record-medium* parallel to
the print-line*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
247 | . Means auxiliary to ribbon mechanism (e.g., shield, guide, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 191. Subject matter wherein the transfer-medium* is a ribbon*, and wherein significance is attributed to a device used in conjunction with the ribbon, but which device does not itself effect the imprint of a character* or function* of the typewriter, or which device is not provided for in any of the subclasses indented under subclass 191. | |
248 | .. Including guide for ribbon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 247. Subject matter wherein the device is a member for conducting or leading the ribbon* from its place of storage on the typewriter to the print-point* or from the print-point to a place of storage on the typewriter. | |
248.1 | ... Ribbon guide opening expandable to facilitate ribbon insertion: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 248. Subject matter wherein the member includes a pair of components between which the ribbon* extends, said components having first and second positions movable relative to each other and being spaced further from each other at said second position than at said first position to facilitate placement of the ribbon between the components at said second position. | |
248.2 | .... And typewriter-actuated closing of guide: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 248.1. Subject matter wherein a first part of a typewriter moves to accomplish its intended first-part function, and during said movement the first part engages a second part to move the second part, and wherein movement of the second part causes relative movement of said components from said second position to said first position. | |
248.3 | ... Including electrical, magnetic, or pneumatic guide means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 248. Subject matter wherein the member for conducting or leading the ribbon* is influenced by electrical, magnetic, or pneumatic energy. | |
249 | .. Including indicator for depletion of ribbon (e.g., bell, sign, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 247. Subject matter wherein the ribbon* is supplied to
the print-point* from a supply of ribbon, and wherein significance
is attributed to a device for informing the typist that the supply
has been exhausted.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
250 | .. Including tool for inserting ribbon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 247. Subject matter wherein said device comprises an implement for installing the ribbon* in position on the typewriter. | |
251 | CASE-SHIFT MECHANISM: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a means
in a typewriter for performing a case-shift* function by
effecting relative movement between a record-medium* and
a type-face* element that is at the print-point* whereby
a typist is enabled to choose which one of two or more forms of
character* symbols that may be imprinted by pressing a particular
character key* element will be imprinted, the choice being
made by the typist who presses or does not press a case-shift key.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
252 | . Including programmed-control-system: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 251. Subject matter wherein the operation of the case-shift* mechanism to effect the form of a type-face* that is to be impressed against the record-medium* is governed by a programmed-control-system*. | |
253 | . Including electronic control or code-bar control: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 251. Subject matter wherein the operation of a case-shift* mechanism to effect the form of a type-face* that is to be impressed against a record-medium* is governed by either (a) an electrical system involving the flow of electrons in a circuit, or (b) a plurality of members having particular index characteristics thereon, which members are moved to a position relative to an arrangement of element(s) within the mechanism where the index characteristics are aligned one with another to enable movement of another component of the mechanism to effect choice of operation or non-operation of the case-shift mechanism. | |
254 | . Controlled by typewriter-actuated mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 251. Subject matter wherein the operation of the case-shift* mechanism to effect the form of a type-face* that is to be impressed against the record-medium* is governed by an arrangement of parts in the typewriter, which arrangement includes a first part that moves to accomplish its intended first-part function*, and during such movement the first part engages a second part to move the second part, which second part is connected to the case-shift mechanism to accomplish case-shift as the first part moves to accomplish its first-part function. | |
255 | . Including plural case-shift mechanisms (e.g., for simultaneous or selective use): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 251. Subject matter wherein one typewriter is provided with at
least two case-shift* means.
| |||
256 | . Actuated by toggle-linkage: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 251. Subject matter wherein the case-shift* mechanism includes a toggle-linkage* assemblage that is used to move a portion of the typewriter for case-shifting. | |
257 | . For case-shift by type-head (e.g., spherical type-head) movement: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 251. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a
type-head* that includes a type-set-assemblaged*,
which type-head is moved by case-shift* mechanism for selection
of the form of character* symbol to be used.
| |||
258 | . Power-operated mechanism (e.g., for locking shift key): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 251. Subject matter wherein the case-shift* mechanism
is actuated with the help of force generated by or derived from
a source other than the typist.
| |||
259 | .. For shifting platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 258. Subject matter wherein said force is used to move the platen* in its case-shift* movement. | |
260 | .. For shifting type-bar-segment: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 258. Subject matter wherein said force is used to move the type-bar-segment* in its case-shift* movement. | |
261 | . Multiple-shift mechanism (i.e., for type-bar having three or more type-faces thereon): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 251. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a
plurality of type-bar* members, each type-bar having at
least three type-face* elements thereon, only one of which
type-face is to be impacted to form only one character* on
record-medium* for each pressing of a character key* element,
and wherein the case-shift* mechanism is arranged to cause
relative movement between a record-medium and the selected type-bar
that is at a print-point* into one of at least three positions,
whereby a chosen one of the type-face* with respect to
the type-bar* that carries the type-face, the movement
being a turning motion.
| |||
262 | .. For shifting type-bar-segment: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 261. Subject matter wherein case-shift* is effected by moving the type-bar-case-shift* is effected by moving the type-bar-segment* relative to the typewriter thereby moving the type-bar* members and the type-face* elements carried thereby to the platen*. | |
263 | .. For shifting type-bar or type-face on type-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 261. Subject matter wherein case-shift* is effected by moving the type-bar* relative to the typewriter, or by moving the type-face* relative to the type-bar, whereby in either event the type-face is moved relative to the platen*. | |
263.1 | ... By pivoting type-face relative to type-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 263. Subject matter wherein case-shift* is effected by moving the type-face* with respect to the type-bar* that carries the type-face, the movement being oscillatory or arcuate. | |
263.2 | ... By rotating type-face relative to type-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 263. Subject matter wherein case-shift* is effected by moving the type-face* with respect to the type-bar* that carries the type-face, the movement being a turning motion. | |
264 | . For shifting platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 251. Subject matter wherein case-shift* is effected by
moving the platen* relative to the typewriter, thereby
moving the record-medium* relative to the type-face* element
which will impact thereagainst.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
265 | .. Fore-and-aft (e.g., for top-strike or bottom-strike typewriter): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 264. Subject matter wherein the movement of the platen* during
case-shift* is in a direction that extends between the
front and rear of the typewriter and substantially parallel to the
bottom of the typewriter.
| |||
266 | .. Mounted on pivotally movable platen carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 264. Subject matter wherein the platen* is supported by
structure that moves the platen in the arc of a circle for case-shift* purposes.
| |||
266.1 | ... With movement of platen out of typing position: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 266. Subject matter wherein said structure enables the platen* to
be removed from adjacent the print-point*.
| |||
266.2 | ... Including adjustable counterbalance spring: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 266. Subject matter wherein the platen* and the structure that moves the platen has mass that exerts a downward force, and wherein the typewriter is provided with a component or assemblage of elements that exerts an upward force on the said structure to compensate for this downward force of said structure, which component or assemblage of elements is resilient and the upward force exerted by the component or assemblage is variable. | |
266.3 | ... Including a yieldable link (e.g., spring, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 266. Subject matter wherein said structure includes movable members that effect movement of the platen*, at least one of which members is a resilient member. | |
267 | .. By depression of space-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 264. Subject matter wherein movement of the platen* for case-shift* is accomplished by pressing the space-bar* element on the key-board*. | |
268 | . For shifting type-face or type-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 251. Subject matter wherein case-shift* is effected by
moving a type-face* or by moving a type-bar* relative
to the typewriter platen*, the direction of such movement
being considered to be parallel to a plane in which the print-point* lies,
thereby causing a chosen type-face to be impacted against a record-medium* at
the print-point.
| |||
269 | .. By shifting type-bar or type-face on type-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 268. Subject matter wherein case-shift* is effected by moving a type-bar*, together with the type-face* supported thereby relative to the platen* or by moving a type-face relative to the type-bar that supports the type-face, thereby moving the type-face relative to the platen. | |
269.1 | ... By pivoting type-face relative to type-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 269. Subject matter wherein case-shift* is effected by moving a type-face* with respect to the type-bar* that supports the type-face thereby moving the type-face relative to the platen*, the movement being oscillatory. | |
270 | .. Mounted on type-bar support (e.g., guide pin, type-bar-segment , etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 268. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with structure
that sustains the type-bar* members in an operative relationship
to enable the type-bars, and the type-face* elements carried
by the type-bars, to move from rest position to print-point* position
as each type-bar is selected to impact its type-face against the record-medium*,
which structure also enables movement of the type-set-assemblage* that
is sustained on the structure, the movement of the type-set-assemblage
being for the purpose of effecting case-shift*.
| |||
270.1 | ... Ring hanger support: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 270. Subject matter wherein said structure includes a generally
annular member to which the type-bar* members are connected.
| |||
270.2 | ... Including ball-bearing support: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 270. Subject matter wherein said structure includes a mechanical
assemblage known as a "ball bearing" to which
the type-bar* members are connected for movement.
| |||
270.3 | ... Including pivoted-lever support (e.g., cantilever spring, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 270. Subject matter wherein said structure includes elements that are fulcrumed for arcuate movement, which elements the type-bar* members are connected for movement of the type-bars from rest position to print-point* position. | |
271 | . By choosing from one of a plurality of type-bars operated by a single key: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 251. Subject matter wherein choice of which form of type-face* (i.e., upper-case* form or lower-case* form) is to be impressed against the record-medium* is made from one of a group of type-bar* members any of which members may be chosen to be actuated by depressing one particular character* key* element of the key-board*. | |
272 | . Including key attachment for case-shift: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 251. Subject matter wherein case-shift* is effected by a key* element on the key-board* that is pressed, the pressing of the case-shift key being caused by a device that is connected to the typewriter, which device is actuated or operated by the typist. | |
273 | .. Operated by user"s leg, (e.g., foot, knee, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 272. Subject matter wherein said device is energized by a lower
limb of the typist.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
274 | . For locking case-shift mechanism in position (e.g., rebound lock, cam, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 251. Subject matter wherein said relative movement effects a
rearrangement of parts on the typewriter to at least two locations
relative to the typewriter frame, and wherein significance is attributed
to means for maintaining the particular arrangement of parts as
desired by the typist until another location of said parts is desired.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
275 | .. For locking platen in fore-and-aft position (e.g., by overcenter spring, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 274. Subject matter wherein the platen* of the typewriter during case-shift* is in a direction that extends between the front and rear of the typewriter and substantially parallel to the bottom of the typewriter, and said two locations are the extreme front and rear of the extent of movement of the plate, and wherein significance is attributed to means for maintaining the platen in its extreme front or rear location until another location is desired by the typist. | |
276 | .. For locking shift-key lever in depressed position: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 274. Subject matter wherein the case-shift* function is accomplished by pressing a particular key* element known as a shift key, which shift-key element is connected to a fulcrumed bar for movement of the bar when the shift-key element is pressed by a typist, and wherein significance is attributed to means for maintaining the shift key in the position it has been moved to when it is pressed by the typist. | |
276.1 | ... By toggle-linkage: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 276. Subject matter wherein said means includes a toggle-linkage* connected between said fulcrumed bar and the typewriter. | |
276.2 | ... By means pivoted on shift-key lever: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 276. Subject matter wherein said means includes a component that is oscillatably mounted on said fulcrumed bar. | |
277 | . Including limit stop (e.g., block, chain, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 251. Subject matter wherein said relative movement is halted at the extreme ends of the desired movement by the interengagement of a component that moves with the case-shift* mechanism and a component that is fixed to the typewriter. | |
278 | .. Including limit screw: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 277. Subject matter wherein at least one of said components is an elongated helically threaded member that is rotatable about an axis extending in its elongated dimension and is movable along its axis as it is rotated about its axis. | |
279 | CONTROL OF PRINT POSITION ALONG PRINT-LINE BY SIGNAL GENERATED BY PROGRAMMED-CONTROL-SYSTEM: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein a programmed-control-system* is provided for transmitting instructions to a typewriter mechanism to govern the location where a type-face* element will be impressed against the record-medium*, the location being along a path parallel to the print-line*. | |
280 | . Program is indicia on auxiliary member: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 279. Subject matter wherein the instructions are in the form of marking or openings on an element which is supplementary to the record-medium*. | |
281 | .. Member is punched tape or card: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 280. Subject matter wherein the supplementary element is an elongated, relatively narrow strip of material, or a sheet of material, said material having apertures formed therein in a particular pattern, and the apertures representing the instructions governing the operation of the typewriter. | |
282 | . Program is indicia on record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 279. Subject matter wherein the instructions are in the form of markings or openings on the record-medium* itself. | |
283 | CARRIAGE OR CARRIAGE-MOVING OR MOVEMENT-REGULATING MECHANISM: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
carriage* of a typewriter, or to movement of the carriage,
or to control of movement or stoppage of movement of the carriage,
which movement occurs along a line that is parallel to the print-line*.
| |||
284 | . For stopping carriage in tabular position (e.g., column-set positions): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 283. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is caused to
be moved in a direction that enables the character* symbols
to be imprinted in succession (i.e., the character-space* direction),
and wherein the movement in said direction is controlled such that
after the carriage has moved past a predetermined number of character-space
distances, the carriage will be stopped in a position corresponding
to a print-point* for the start of a column of character
symbols.
| |||||||
285 | .. In denominational positions: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 284. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is used to imprint
one or more columns of numeral digits, and wherein the carriage* is
stopped in a position such that the decimal point of a succession
of numbers typed one below the other(s) will be arranged in vertical
array.
| |||
285.1 | ... And column-set positions: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 285. Subject matter wherein the carriage* may be stopped
in a column position and then be further moved and again stopped
in a denominational position within said column.
| |||
285.2 | .... Tab-rack stop intercepted by denominational-stop: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 285.1. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is stopped by
the interengagement of a selected denominational-stop* with
a "tab stop" that is mounted on a tab-rack*.
| |||
285.3 | ..... Tab stops grouped in stepped fashion: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 285.2. Subject matter wherein the "tab stop" elements are
arranged on the tab-rack* in sets or assemblages of tab
stops, the individual tab stops of each set being in an ascending
or descending scale of individually varying length in each assemblage,
and each set or assemblage being arranged for a different "columnar" arrangement.
| |||
285.4 | ... With control of zero or space for decimal point: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 285. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the suppression or regulation of the imprinting of a "zero" digit in a sequence of number digits, or wherein significance is attributed to the regulation of the occurrence of a character-space* associated with a "decimal point" in a sequence of number digits or the regulation of the decimal point associated with a sequence of number digits. | |
285.5 | ... With reverse-direction movement of carriage: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 285. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is moved in
a direction opposed to the normal character-space* direction
during the imprinting of numeral digits in denominational columns.
| |||
285.6 | ... Helically mounted denominational-stop(s): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 285. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to an arrangement of denominational-stop* components, the components being carried on a drum or cylinder in an array that has the configuration of a helix around the surface of the drum or cylinder. | |
286 | ... Shiftable denominational-stop(s): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 285. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the movement of a denomination-stop* or the interengagement of said denominational-stop with a tab-stop element on a tab-rack*. | |
286.1 | .... Step-shaped denominational- or tab-stop(s): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 286. Subject matter wherein either the denominational-stop* components or the "tab-stop" elements on the tab-rack* are arranged in sets or assemblages, the components or elements of each set being in an ascending or descending scale of individually varying length in each assemblage. | |
286.2 | .... Engaging movable tab-rack means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 286. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the interengagement of a denominational-stop* with a tab-stop element on a tab-rack* or to the movement of said tab-stop element from inactive position to active position or return from active to inactive position. | |
286.3 | ... With latch or lock means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 285. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means
for temporarily securing against unwanted or undesired movement
any parts of the mechanism that is included in the tabulator mechanism
for denominational column(s).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
287 | .. Column set by control of mutilated carriage-rack: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 284. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is caused to move quickly to its "column-set" position by use of a carriage-rack* that has gaps in the teeth or notches of the bar that is part of the carriage-rack, the length of the gap determining the length of the character-space* distance that is to be jumped in moving the carriage to the column-set position. | |
288 | .. Column set by control of tab-rack: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 284. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is caused to move to its "column-set" position by moving a tab-rack* component from an inoperative position to an operative position, the tab-rack having tab-stop elements thereon which are active to govern or regulate the column-set position. | |
289 | .. Column set by control of tab-stops or column stops or counter-stops: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 284. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is caused to
be moved to its "column-set" position and stopped
in that position by "tab-stop" elements mounted
on a tab-rack*, selected of said elements having been moved
from a "clear" position to a "set" position,
or the carriage is stopped in a column-set position by a "counter-stop" element.
| |||
289.1 | ... Tab-stops grouped in stepped fashion: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 289. Subject matter wherein the "tab-stop" elements are arranged in sets or assemblages of tab stops on the tab-rack*, the individual tab stops of each set being in an ascending or descending scale of individually varying length in each assemblage, and each set or assemblage being arranged for a different "columnar" arrangement. | |
290 | .. Forward or reverse tabulation: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 284. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is caused to
be moved and is caused to be stopped in a position corresponding
to a print-point* for the start of a column of character* symbols,
the movement occurring in a character-space* direction,
or the carriage is caused to be moved in a direction opposite to
the character-space direction and caused to be stopped in a position corresponding
to a print-point for the end of a column of character symbols.
| |||
291 | .. With impact cushion or rebound check: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 284. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is moved in a first direction and then stopped in a tabular position, and wherein the stopping of the carriage is regulated by a component or assemblage that is yieldable or limited in the movement of said component or assemblage when used to stop the carriage, whereby the energy of movement of the carriage is absorbed and/or any movement in a direction opposite to said first direction is inhibited. | |
292 | .. With control of carriage velocity: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 284. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is moved and then stopped in tabular position, and wherein the speed of movement of the carriage is regulated. | |
293 | .. By multiple pitch tab-racks or mutilated gear: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 284. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is moved and then stopped in tabular position, the movement and stopping being regulated or governed by either (a) a tab-rack* component in which one plurality of tab-stop elements are spaced to one pitch* distance and another plurality of tab stops are spaced to another pitch distance, or a plurality of tab-racks, each tab-rack having tab-stop elements spaced to a different pitch from one from another, or (b) a toothed driving member having gaps in the teeth of the member. | |
294 | .. Stop-setting or stop-clearing mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 284. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to structure
for causing movement of a "tab-stop" element from
a passive position (i.e., a position at which it will not engage
with a "counter-stop" element) to an active (i.e., "set")
position (i.,e., a position at which it will engage with a counter-stop
element to stop a moving carriage* in a "tabular" position),
or for causing movement of a tab-stop element from an active position
to a passive (i.e., "clear") position, or wherein
significance is attributed to structure for causing movement of a
counter-stop element from a passive position to an active position
or for causing movement of a counter-stop element from an active
position to a passive position.
| |||||
294.1 | ... With stop magazine (i.e., for supply of stops): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 294. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a receptacle in which the "tab-stop" elements are contained ready for use, from which receptacle the tab stops are removed to be used for use in the tabulating mechanism, and to which receptacle the tab stops are returned after use in the tabulator mechanism. | |
294.2 | ... With key-locking mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 294. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with means
to prevent activation of the key* element that effects
tabulation or the key element that effects any action or function* other
than the setting or clearing of a "tab-stop" element
during the time that the tab stop is cleared or set.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
294.3 | ... Drum-mounted tab-stops: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 294. Subject matter wherein the "tab-stop" elements are carried on a cylindrical member or on a segment of a cylindrical member, either on the inner or the outer periphery of the member or on the radial surface of the member. | |
295 | ... Stop setting by linear shift or tab-stop or counter-stop: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 294. Subject matter wherein the "tab-stop" element or the counter-stop element is set into its active position by moving the tab stop or the counter stop along a straight-line path relative to the structure that supports the element. | |
295.1 | .... Stop shifts horizontally from tab-rack: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 295. Subject matter wherein the "tab-stop" element is set into an active position by moving the tab stop forwardly or rearwardly relative to the tab-rack* component that carries the tab-stop elements. | |
295.2 | .... Stops shifts laterally along tab-rack: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 295. Subject matter wherein the "tab-stop" element is set into one position or another position to accomplish the tabulation by moving the tab stop along the length of the tab-rack* component that carries the tab-stop elements. | |
296 | ... Stop setting by movement of tab-rack: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 294. Subject matter wherein the tab-rack* of the typewriter is movable from one position to another relative to the carriage* of the typewriter, and wherein the "tab-stop" element on the tab-rack is set into active position by moving the tab-rack. | |
296.1 | .... Tab-rack rotates about its axis: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 296. Subject matter wherein the movement of the tab-rack* is a turning movement that occurs about a center that extends through the tab-rack component along the length of the component. | |
296.2 | .... Plural tab-racks: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 296. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with more than one tab-rack* component. | |
297 | ... Stop setting by partial rotation of tab stop relative to tab-rack: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 294. Subject matter wherein the "tab-stop" elements are mounted on a tab-rack* component for arcuate motion of the tab stops with respect to the tab-rack, and wherein the tab-stop element is set into active position for tabulation by moving the tab stop with such arcuate motion. | |
297.1 | ... Stop setting by pivoting pawllike stop: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 294. Subject matter wherein the "tab-stop" element is
set into active position for tabulation by moving the tab-stop element
with an arcuate movement.
| |||
298 | .. Tab-stop or tab-rack structure, per se: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 284. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the conformation or other characteristics of the tab-stop element, per se, or the tab-rack* component, per se. | |
299 | . With rotatable type wheel for repeat printing in response to carriage movement: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 283. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a
type-member* in the form of a disc that turns about an
axis and bears on the edge of the disc a plurality of type-face* elements
all of which type-faces imprint the same character* symbol
on the record-medium* when the edge of the disc is impressed
against the record-medium, and wherein the typewriter is provided
with means to urge the disc against the record-medium as the carriage* is
moved in a character-space* direction, whereby as the carriage
so moves as the disc is impressed against the record-medium, a series
of the same character symbol is imprinted on the record-medium.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
300 | . Key-actuated mechanism for nonfeed of carriage (e.g., "silent" key, locking carriage, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 283. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is normally
caused to be moved in a direction that enables the character* symbols
to be imprinted in succession (i.e., the character-space* direction)
by or concurrently with successive pressing of successive character
key* elements, but wherein significance is attributed to
a mode of operating the typewriter whereby pressing of a particular
key element will not cause movement of the carriage.
| |||
301 | .. By disabling carriage-escapement mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 300. Subject matter wherein the nonfeed or the nonmovement of
the carriage* is caused by temporarily making the normal
carriage-feed mechanism ineffective to move the carriage.
| |||
302 | .. By key actuated independently of carriage feed: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 300. Subject matter wherein the nonfeed or nonmovement of the carriage* is caused by the pressing of a special key* element on the key-board*, which special key is used only to prevent carriage movement and has no other effect on the carriage movement. | |
303 | . For varying carriage feed: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 283. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is caused to
be moved in a direction that enables the character* symbols
to be imprinted in succession (i.e., the character-space* direction),
and wherein the movement in said direction is regulated to occur
in irregular or unequal increments of movement, the increments corresponding
to variable character-space distances or variable word-space* distances.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
304 | .. For kerning or overlap imprinting: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 303. Subject matter wherein the movement of the carriage* in
the character-space* direction is regulated to enable (a)
imprinting a first character* symbol in a first character-space,
moving the carriage to a distance less than a full character-space
distance, and imprinting a second character different from the first
character partly within the character-space of the first-character,
or (b) imprinting a first character symbol in a first character-space,
moving the carriage a very short distance relative to the first
character-space, and imprinting the first character again almost
within the first character-space, but only slightly displaced from
the first character.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
305 | .. By force-feed or screw-feed mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 303. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is caused to
be moved in a carriage-feed (i.e., character-space*) direction
through irregular increments by a mechanism that positively engages
the carriage or a portion affixed thereto and that positively moves
in a direction to thereby move the carriage therewith in said direction,
or wherein the carriage is caused to be moved by the rotation of
a helically threaded member.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
306 | .. Proportional to variable widths of imprinted characters: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 303. Subject matter wherein the irregular or unequal increments
of movement of the carriage* correspond to the various
widths of the character* symbols that are imprinted on
the record-medium*.
| |||
306.1 | ... By settable elements (e.g., pins, bars, slides, etc): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 306. Subject matter wherein the irregular increments of carriage* movement are caused by drive means that includes a movable member that is provided with components that may be set into active position to engage with another portion of the drive means, which component may be cleared out of active position so as not to engage with the other portion of the drive means, the selection of the amount of increment of carriage movement being made by setting or not setting the components. | |
306.2 | ... By ratchet wheel and controlled pawl: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 306. Subject matter wherein the irregular increments of carriage* movement
are caused by drive means that includes a pawl* that is
oscillated and caused to move into engagement with the teeth of
a ratchet* in the form of a ratchet wheel.
| |||
306.3 | .... Including multiple pawls: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 306.2. Subject matter wherein the drive means is provided with a plurality of pawl* members. | |
306.4 | ..... And multiple wheels: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 306.3. Subject matter wherein the drive means is also provided with a plurality of ratchet wheels. | |
307 | ... By ratchet rack and controlled pawl: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 306. Subject matter wherein the irregular increments of carriage* movement
are caused by drive means that includes a pawl* that is
oscillated and caused to move into engagement with the teeth of
a ratchet* in the form of a ratchet rack.
| |||
307.1 | .... Including multiple pawls: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 307. Subject matter wherein the drive means is provided with a plurality of pawl* members. | |
307.2 | ... By cooperating toothed members (e.g., gear, segment, rack, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 306. Subject matter wherein the irregular increments of carriage* movement
are caused by drive means that includes at least two components,
each of which is formed with notches or teeth, the notches of one
component intermeshing with the notches of the other so that movement
of one component is transmitted to the other component.
| |||
308 | . Carriage backspace mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 283. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is caused to
be moved in a direction opposite to the typing (i.e., character-space*)
direction that enables the character* symbols to be imprinted in
succession, and wherein the movement in said opposite direction
is regulated to occur in increments corresponding to character-space distances
but in the direction opposite to the character-space direction.
| |||
309 | .. Backspace proportional to variable width of imprinted characters: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 308. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is caused to
be moved in irregular or unequal increments, the increment of movement
for any particular movement corresponding to a variable character-space* distance
equivalent to the various widths of the character* symbols
that were imprinted on the record-medium* just prior to the
need for backspacing.
| |||
310 | .. Including powered drive means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 308. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is caused to
be moved by way of energy supplied to the typewriter by other than
the typist.
| |||
311 | .. Including pawl and escapement wheel: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 308. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is caused to be moved by the actuation of a key* element that moves a pawl* that interengages with one of the teeth of a toothed wheel to drive the carriage in a backspace direction. | |
312 | .. Including pawl and escapement rack: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 308. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is caused to be moved by the actuation of a key* element that moves a pawl* that interengages with one of the teeth of a ratchet* rack to drive the carriage in a backspace direction. | |
313 | . Carriage-return mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 283. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is caused to
be moved in a direction opposite to the typing (i.e., character-space*)
direction that enables the character* symbols to be imprinted in
succession, and wherein the movement in said opposite direction
is regulated to retrogress the carriage back to the beginning of
a print-line*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
314 | .. With concurrent line-spacing: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 313. Subject matter wherein the record-medium* is moved
in a line-space* direction during approximately the same
time that the carriage* is returned to the beginning of
a print-line*.
| |||
314.1 | ... Using electromagnetic drive: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 314. Subject matter wherein the carriage*-return movement is powered by a solenoid or similar electromagnetic means. | |
314.2 | ... For selected number of line-spaces: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 314. Subject matter wherein the record-medium* is moved in a predetermined number of line-space* increments during the carriage-return movement, and wherein the predetermined number may be changed at the will of the typist. | |
314.3 | ... With disconnection of return by margin-stop: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 314. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to disablement
of the mechanism that returns the carriage* when the carriage
engages the margin* regulator that is located at the beginning
of a print-line*, wherein the carriage-feed drive may regain
control of the carriage movement.
| |||
314.4 | ... Initiated by user"s leg or foot: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 314. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to starting the return of the carriage* by a movement of a lower limb of the typist. | |
314.5 | ... Initiated by actuator adjacent key-board: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 314. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to starting
return of the carriage* by movement by a typist of a key* element
on or near the key-board*.
| |||
314.6 | ... By return-clutch means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 314. Subject matter wherein the carriage* return is powered
by way of a clutch mechanism that is provided in the typewriter
especially for carriage-return purposes.
| |||
315 | .. Responsive to carriage position: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 313. Subject matter wherein the carriage* return is initiated
as a result of the carriage having moved in the character-space* direction
to a predetermined location relative to the typewriter.
| |||
316 | .. Partial return (e.g., for start of paragraph, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 313. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a return
of the carriage* to a position short of the normal or usual
return to a margin* of the page*.
| |||
317 | .. Including power drive (e.g., electric, spring, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 313. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is returned by way of energy applied to the mechanism other than energy supplied by the typist at the time of carriage return. | |
317.1 | ... For bidirectional drive: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 317. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is moved in its return movement and in its feed movement by way of energy applied to the mechanism other than energy supplied by the typist. | |
317.2 | ... By spring-driven motor: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 317. Subject matter wherein the carriage is moved in its return
movement by way of energy that is stored in a resilient or yieldable
component connected to a drive train that moves the carriage.
| |||
317.3 | ... Powered via engagement of a clutch: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 317. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is moved in
its return movement by way of energy that is applied by way of a
clutch connection.
| |||
318 | .. Initiated by actuator adjacent key-board: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 313. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to starting return of the carriage by movement by a typist of a key* element on or near the key-board*. | |
319 | . Carriage-feed mechanism (e.g., escapement, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 283. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is caused or enabled to be moved in a direction that enables the character* symbols to be imprinted in succession (i.e., the character-space* direction), and wherein the movement in said direction is regulated to occur in regular or equal increments of movement, each increment corresponding to a character-space distance or a word-space* distance. | |
320 | .. For carriage on which a type-head-carrier is mounted: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 319. Subject matter wherein the carriage* supports a type-head-carrier* for
movement of both the carriage and the type-head-carrier in said
direction that enables the character* symbols to be imprinted
in succession (i.e., the character-space* direction).
| |||||
320.1 | ... With concurrent movement of carriage for record-medium and carriage for type-head-carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 320. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with two
carriage* mechanisms, one of which carriage (i.e., a "platen
carriage") supports a platen that holds a record-medium* for
movement of both the platen and the record-medium in a character-space* direction
and the other of which carriage (i.e., a "type-head* carriage") supports
a type-head-carrier* for movement of both the type-head
carriage and the type-head-carrier in a character-space direction.
| |||
321 | .. With repeat spacing: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 319. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is urged to
be moved in successive increments of movement (the increments corresponding
to character-space* distances) a plurality of said increments
occurring upon the pressing of one key* element on the
key-board*.
| |||
322 | .. By electric or magnetic power: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 319. Subject matter wherein the movement of the carriage* is
caused by electricity or magnetism.
| |||
323 | .. Carriage-feed in two directions (e.g., continuous typing in both directions): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 319. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is urged in
a first direction and the movement in said first direction is regulated
as defined in subclass 319, and wherein said carriage is alternately
urged in a second direction that is opposite to said first direction
and the movement in said second direction is also regulated as defined
in subclass 319.
| |||
323.1 | ... In selected direction (e.g., for semitic language, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Subject matter wherein one of said first or second directions
is chosen for the primary or significant direction of carriage* movement.
| |||
324 | .. Word-space concurrent with typing of last character of word: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 319. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a carriage*-feed mechanism that produces a word-space* whenever the last character* symbol of a word* has been imprinted on the record-medium*. | |
325 | .. By space-bar mechanism (e.g., separate connection to escapement), or paragraph-indentation key: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 319. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
actuation of a carriage*-feeding movement as a result of
pressing a space-bar*-key* element, or wherein
significance is attributed to the actuation of a carriage-feeding movement
that moves the carriage a distance equivalent to a plurality of
character-space* increments as a result of pressing a single
key element.
| |||
326 | .. With compensator for tilt of typewriter: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 319. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to mechanism
that counterbalances the force of gravity acting on a carriage* when
the typewriter is inclined to the horizontal.
| |||
327 | .. For diagonal print-line: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 319. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a mode
of operating a typewriter whereby successively imprinted character* symbols
form a print-line* that is inclined relative to the top
or bottom edge of a rectangular sheet.
| |||
328 | .. By force-feed or screw mechanism (e.g., direct drive, screw-biasing carriage, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 319. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is caused to
be moved in a carriage-feed (i.e., character-space*) direction
by a mechanism that positively engages the carriage or a portion
affixed thereto and that positively moves in said direction to thereby
move the carriage therewith, or wherein the carriage is caused to
be moved in said direction by a helically threaded element that
is rotated and cooperates with another complementary element on
the carriage to move the carriage.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
328.1 | ... Including pawl and toothed rack: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 328. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is caused to
be moved by a pawl* that engages in a notch between two
teeth of a ratchet* rack, which rack is connected to the
carriage to cause movement of the carriage when the pawl moves while
in engagement with the rack.
| |||
329 | .. Carriage escapement controlled by pawl: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 319. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is urged by
a source of power to be moved in a direction for imprinting successive
character* symbols on the record-medium* (e.g.,
a character-space* direction), and the movement in said direction
is regulated by a mechanism that (a) restrains the carriage against
movement, and (b) releases the carriage momentarily to be urged
to move, and (c) again restrains the carriage against movement,
which mechanism includes a member or members having movement relative
to the carriage or to a portion connected thereto, the relative
movement between the member(s) and carriage effecting the restraint
and momentary release of the carriage to produce the increments
of movement corresponding to character-space and word-space* distances.
| |||||
329.1 | ... Means to ensure engagement of pawl at start of print-line (i.e., overbanking control): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 329. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to structure that will positively cause a pawl* of the regulating mechanism to contact the carriage* or a portion (e.g., a ratchet*) connected thereto whenever the carriage has been properly positioned at the beginning of the print-line* (i.e., in most typewriters at the left margin* or the print-point* proper for the imprint of the first character* symbol of a print-line). | |
329.2 | ... Carriage-feed initiated and completed during depression of character key (e.g., "speed" or "reverse" escapement): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 329. Subject matter wherein a key* element that is used
to cause imprint of a character* symbol is pressed, the
pressing of said key element initiating (a) the movement of a type-face* from
its rest position to the print-point*, and (b) the movement
of the carriage* through a character-space* distance,
and wherein the movement of the carriage is started and completed
through a complete character-space before the type-face impacts
the print-point.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
329.3 | ... Pawl rocker spring regulating device: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 329. Subject matter wherein a pawl* is supported by a component, which component is mounted for oscillation relative to a carriage-rack* or to a ratchet* disc or wheel and is urged into engagement with the teeth or notches of the carriage-rack or the ratchet disc by a yieldable element, and wherein the force with the yieldable element urges the component is adjustable. | |
330 | ... Via ratchet wheel connected to pinion and carriage-rack: |
The regulating mechanism includes (a) a carriage-rack* affixed to the carriage*, and (b) a rotatable gear having teeth that are engaged with teeth or notches in the carriage-rack, and (c) a ratchet* that is in the form of a rotatable disc or wheel and is joined to the rotatable gear, and (d) a pawl* that cooperates with the ratchet, the assemblage of parts cooperating to effect the restraint and momentary release of the carriage. | |
330.1 | .... And plural pawls: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 330. Subject matter wherein the regulating mechanism includes
more than one pawl* member.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
330.2 | ..... For half-drop escapement: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 330.1. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to an
action of the pawl* and ratchet* mechanism that
restrains, momentarily releases, and again restrains the movement
of said carriage* to produce a "half-drop" escapement.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
330.3 | ..... Mounted on pivotable pawl carrier or rocker: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 330.1. Subject matter wherein said pawl* members are supported by a component, which component is mounted for oscillation relative to said ratchet* disc or wheel to enable one or another of the pawls to engage one or another of the teeth or notches of the ratchet disc or wheel, whereby the disc or wheel, and thereby the carriage*, is alternately restrained against movement, released for movement, and restrained against movement. | |
330.4 | ...... Including pawl(s) fixed to rocker: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 330.3. Subject matter wherein one or more of said pawl* members
are integral with or fixedly secured to said component.
| |||
330.5 | ....... And slidable pawl: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 330.4. Subject matter wherein at least one of said pawl* members is mounted for rectilinear movement relative to said oscillatable component. | |
330.6 | ....... Including pawl pivoted about axis parallel to rocker axis: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 330.4. Subject matter wherein said component oscillates about a first axis and one of said pawl* members oscillates about a second axis that is parallel to said first axis. | |
330.7 | ..... Mounted on movable (e.g., rotatable, slidable) pawl carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 330.1. Subject matter wherein said pawl* members are supported
by a component, which component is mounted for movement relative
to said ratchet* disc or wheel to enable one or another of
the pawls to engage one or another of the teeth or notches of the
ratchet disc or wheel, whereby the disc or wheel, and thereby the
carriage*, is alternately restrained against movement,
released for movement, and restrained against movement.
| |||
330.8 | ..... Including particular structure of pawl (e.g., pivoted, unitary, with roller, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 330.1. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
construction of manner or mounting of said pawl* member.
| |||
331 | .... Including plural ratchet wheels: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 330. Subject matter wherein the regulating mechanism includes more than one ratchet* that is in the form of a rotatable disc or wheel. | |
331.1 | .... Including particular structure of ratchet wheel: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 330. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the construction of the rotatable ratchet* disc or ratchet wheel. | |
331.2 | .... Including cushioned escapement support (e.g., rocker, pawl buffer, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 330. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
construction of the support for the pawl* member or of
the component on which the pawl is oscillatable, or of the ratchet* wheel
with which the pawl cooperates, which construction is characterized
in that it is provided with yieldable or resilient means.
| |||
331.3 | .... Including particular structure of mount for ratchet wheel (e.g., bearing, clutch, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 330. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the construction of the support for the rotatable ratchet* disc or ratchet wheel that enables the disc or wheel to rotate. | |
332 | ... Via toothed rack: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 329. Subject matter wherein the regulating mechanism includes
(a) a ratchet* that is in the form of a bar having teeth
or notches along one of its sides, and (b) a pawl* that
cooperates with the ratchet, the assemblage of parts cooperating
to effect the restraint and momentary release of the carriage*.
| |||
332.1 | .... And plural pawls: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Subject matter wherein the regulating mechanism includes
more than one pawl* member.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
332.2 | ..... Mounted on pivotable pawl carrier or rocker: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 332.1. Subject matter wherein said pawl* members are supported by a component, which component is mounted for oscillation relative to a carriage-rack* to enable one or another of the pawls to engage one of the teeth or notches of the carriage-rack, whereby the carriage* is alternately restrained against movement, released for movement, and restrained against movement. | |
332.3 | ..... Mounted on movable (e.g., rotatable, slidable) pawl carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 332.1. Subject matter wherein said pawl* members are supported
by a component, which component is mounted for movement relative
to said ratchet* bar to enable one or another of the pawls
to engage one or another of the teeth or notches of the ratchet
bar, whereby the ratchet bar, and thereby the carriage*,
is alternately restrained against movement, released for movement,
and restrained against movement.
| |||
332.4 | ..... Including particular structure of pawl (e.g., slidable, pivoted, unitary, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 332.1. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
construction or manner of mounting of said pawl* member.
| |||
332.5 | .... Including plural toothed racks (e.g., pivoted, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Subject matter wherein the regulating mechanism includes more then one ratchet* that is in the form of a bar having teeth or notches along one of its sides, or includes a bar having teeth or notches along more than one of its sides. | |
332.6 | .... Including particular structure of rack (e.g., toothed, slidable, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the construction of the ratchet* bar. | |
333 | .. Universal-bar or actuator therefor: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 319. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
universal-bar* in the drive train of the carriage-feed
mechanism or of any other mechanism of the typewriter, or to a means
for moving the universal-bar.
| |||
333.1 | ... Connected to actuator for another function: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 333. Subject matter wherein the universal-bar* is part
of the drive train for a function* of the typewriter in
addition to the carriage*-feed function.
| |||
333.2 | ... Adjustable: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 333. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means for varying the relationship of the universal-bar* to the drive train of which it is a part. | |
333.3 | ... Actuated by type-bar or type-bar action: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 333. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a universal-bar* which is caused to be moved by a type-bar* or by the actuating mechanism of a type-bar. | |
334 | .. Carriage-feed-release mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 319. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is moved and
the movement is controlled by a movement-regulating mechanism that
engages the carriage or a portion affixed thereto, which mechanism
may be temporarily disconnected from the carriage to enable unregulated
movement of the carriage.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
334.1 | ... By disengagement of clutch between ratchet wheel and pinion: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 334. Subject matter wherein the regulating mechanism that enables carriage feed includes a rotatable gear having teeth with teeth or notches in a carriage-rack* and a ratchet* in the form of a rotatable disc or wheel that is joined to the rotatable gear, and also includes a clutch that connects the gear to the disc wheel, and wherein significance is attributed to means for disconnecting the clutch to disconnect the gear from the disc or wheel. | |
334.2 | ... By disengagement of escapement pawl(s): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 334. Subject matter wherein the regulating mechanism that enables carriage feed includes a pawl* or pawl members that engage with teeth or notches in a carriage-rack*, and wherein significance is attributed to means for disconnecting the pawl or pawls from the carriage-rack to enable temporary unregulated movement of the carriage*. | |
334.3 | .... From carriage-rack: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 334.2. Subject matter wherein the means for temporarily disconnecting the pawl* or pawl members from the carriage-rack* acts by moving the carriage-rack away from the pawl or pawl members. | |
335 | .. With particular connection to carriage (e.g., gear train, pulley and strap, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 319. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means
for enabling or causing carriage-feed movement, which movement is
regulated to occur in regular or equal increments of movement, and
which means is not provided for in previous subclasses.
| |||
336 | .. Spring-biasing carriage for feed: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 319. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a yieldable element that urges the carriage* of a typewriter to be moved in a carriage-feed (i.e., character-space*) direction, the movement being regulated by a mechanism previously provided for in this schedule. | |
336.1 | ... Torsion spring in rotatable barrel: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 336. Subject matter wherein said yieldable element is in the form of an elongated member wound in a plurality of spiral convolutions housed within a hollow drum, one end of the member being fixed to the drum to effect rotation of the drum when the yieldable element is tensioned. | |
337 | . Carriage-retarder mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 283. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is caused to be moved in either a character-space* direction or in a direction opposite to said character-space direction, and the movement in either of said directions in controlled to slow or decelerate said movement or to maintain a uniform rate of movement whereby acceleration is controlled. | |
338 | .. Including governor responsive to speed or momentum: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 337. Subject matter wherein said movement of the carriage* is controlled by a regulator that acts as a result of a tendency for the velocity of the carriage to increase, the action of the regulator being to inhibit said tendency. | |
338.1 | ... Using centrifugal force: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 338. Subject matter wherein the regulator utilized the tendency of a mass that is rotating about an axis to be impelled away from that axis by the rotation, the action of the regulator being to control the velocity of the carriage. | |
338.2 | ... Using inertial force retarder (e.g., flywheel, weight, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 338. Subject matter wherein the regulator utilizes the tendency of a mass that is in motion to remain in motion or the tendency of a mass that is at rest to remain at rest, the action of the regulator being to control the velocity of the carriage. | |
339 | .. Using fluid or fluent-material retarder: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 337. Subject matter wherein said movement of the carriage* is
controlled by a regulator that utilizes the movement of a flowable
substance as a means to control the velocity of the carriage.
| |||
340 | .. Using frictional retarder (e.g., strap, disc, drum, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 337. Subject matter wherein said movement of the carriage* is
controlled by a regulator that utilizes the motion of two surfaces
in close contact with each other, and the consequent resistance
to such motion due to the close contact, as a means to control the
velocity of the carriage.
| |||
341 | .. Carriage-buffer stop or rebound control: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 337. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a regulator that is located at the end of travel of a carriage* and controls the stopping of the carriage when the carriage reaches the end of its travel, or inhibits a tendency for the carriage to bounce or retract from its stopping position when it reaches the end of its travel. | |
342 | . Margin-regulator (e.g., adjustable margin-stop) mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 283. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is caused or
enabled to be moved in either a character-space* direction
or an opposite direction, and wherein significance is attributed
to a margin-stop* for controlling the movement of the carriage
in either of said directions by stopping the carriage at a preset
point, which point is adjustable relative to the typewriter, and
which point corresponds to either the left margin* or the right
margin of the record-medium* that is being typed on.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
343 | .. With intermediate margin-stop: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 342. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with one
margin-stop* for the left margin* and another
margin-stop for the right margin, and is further provided with a
third margin-stop between the one and the other margin-stops.
| |||
344 | .. With other typewriter function controlled by margin-stop (e.g., signal, line-space): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 342. Subject matter wherein said margin-stop* also regulates
the action or nonaction of another typewriter function*.
| |||
345 | ... Carriage-arrest function (e.g., "overbank"): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 344. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is moved in a carriage-return direction and the movement in that direction is stopped in a controlled manner to prevent or inhibit shock to the mechanism or rebound from the stopping position. | |
346 | ... Print-line locking function: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 344. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is caused or
enabled to be moved in a carriage-feed (i.e., character-space*)
direction, and the movement in that direction is stopped by the
margin-stop* and also causes the key* elements
to be locked to prevent pressing any of the character* keys so
that no further character symbols may be imprinted on the record-medium*.
| |||
347 | .. With multiple-pitch selector: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 342. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with means to determine the pitch* of the character-space* distances and to change the pitch by changing the carriage*-feed mechanism for different character-space distances and wherein significance is attributed to set the margin-stop* members in conformance with different pitches used for a particular size or font* of type-face*. | |
348 | .. With release of margin-stop: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 342. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to selective disengagement of one or another margin-stop* member from its active carriage-stopping position, thereby to enable one or more character* symbols to be imprinted on the record-medium* to the right or to the left of the normal margin* of the text being typed. | |
349 | .. Conjointly set or centrally spring biased: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 342. Subject matter wherein the margin-stop* members at opposite ends of the carriage* or at opposite ends of the travel of the carriage are both moved to a new position at the same time, or wherein the movement of one or both of the margin-stop members is urged by a yieldable member toward the middle of the carriage or toward the middle of movement of the carriage. | |
350 | .. On record-medium table or paper-finger: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 342. Subject matter wherein the margin-stop* member is mounted on the support that holds the record-medium* or is mounted on the paper-finger* that helps to hold the record-medium to the platen*. | |
351 | .. Margin-stop structure, per se: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 342. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the structure of the margin-stop* member itself. | |
352 | . Carriage, per se, or guideway therefor: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 283. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to structure
of the carriage* of the typewriter or to the structure
of the rail or track or component(s) that enable the carriage to
move relative to the typewriter during carriage feed, or carriage
return of carriage-backspace motion of the carriage.
| |||
353 | .. Including auxiliary carriage: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 352. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a
main carriage* that supports a platen* and is
also provided with a secondary or auxiliary carriage that supports
the same or an auxiliary platen in cooperative relationship therewith.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
354 | .. Guideway or bearings for carriage: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 352. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the rail or track or component(s) associated with the carriage*, which component(s) enables the carriage to move relative to the typewriter during carriage feed, or carriage return, or carriage backspace motion of the carriage, or wherein significance is attributed to the journals, gudgeons, or assemblages that reduce the effects of friction between moving parts. | |
354.1 | ... Guideway cooperating with ball bearings or roller bearings: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 354. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
cooperative association of the rail or track with the journals,
gudgeons, or assemblages, which assemblages include a bearing known
as a ball bearing or a roller bearing.
| |||
354.2 | .... Including bearing holder geared to carriage: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 354.1. Subject matter wherein said bearings are provided with toothed portions, and a part of the carriage* is provided with other toothed portions, and wherein the toothed portions of the bearings intermesh with the toothed portions of the carriage. | |
354.3 | .... Including repositionable guideway: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 354.1. Subject matter wherein the rail or track for the carriage* may
be shifted or adjusted relative to the typewriter.
| |||
355 | . Means for repositioning carriage or platen thereon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 283. Subject matter wherein the carriage* of the typewriter may be shifted or adjusted relative to the typewriter, or the platen* that is on the carriage may be adjusted relative to the carriage. | |
356 | .. To nonprint position: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 355. Subject matter wherein the shift or adjustment is from a
position at which the platen* supported by the carriage* is
in an operative (i.e., typing) position, to a position at which
the platen, still supported by the carriage, is not in operative
position.
| |||
357 | .. To detach carriage: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 355. Subject matter wherein the carriage* of the typewriter
may be readily removed from, and the same or another carriage may
be replaced in, the typewriter.
| |||
358 | .. To detach platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 355. Subject matter wherein the platen* of the typewriter may be readily removed from, and the same or another platen may be replaced in, the carriage. | |
359 | HAVING TYPEWRITER-CONTROLLED RECIPROCABLE ELECTROMAGNETIC DRIVE FOR TYPE-BAR ACTUATION IN SAME TYPEWRITER: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with one
or more magnetic* motors energized by electricity and movable
to-and-fro in a straight line, the magnetic motor(s) being used
for effecting the movement of any type-bar* member from
a rest position to a print-point* position and being initiated
by a typist who is typing on the typewriter that is being actuated.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
360 | . Including electromagnetic return of universal actuator: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 359. Subject matter wherein said one magnetic* motor is used to retract any or all of the type-bar* members from a print-point* position to a rest position by way of one linkage that serves to move any of the members. | |
361 | . Including actuator to complete depression of selected key or key lever: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 359. Subject matter wherein one or more of said magnetic* motors
is energized when a selected key* element or a selected
key lever is pressed by the typist, the energization of the magnetic motor
causing the continuance of movement of the selected type-bar* member
connected to said selected key or key lever has completed movement
from a rest position to a print-point* position.
| |||||
362 | . Including universal actuator to actuate selected type-bar action: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 359. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a plurality of type-bar* members and a plurality of linkages connected so as to join one linkage to one type-bar member, whereby pressing of a selected key* element will cause movement of a corresponding selected type-bar, and wherein one said magnetic* motor is provided, which magnetic motor causes movement of any selected type-bar member by way of a corresponding linkage. | |
363 | .. And individual solenoids to connect the type-bar action to be actuated: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 362. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with magnetic* motors in addition to said one magnetic motor, which additional magnetic motors are used to join one linkage to a corresponding type-bar*, and wherein one additional magnetic motor corresponding to a selected type-bar is energized to join the selected linkage to the selected type-bar when said one magnetic motor is energized to cause movement of the selected type-bar. | |
364 | . Including individual solenoids to actuate the selected type-bar action: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 359. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a plurality of type-bar* members and with a plurality of magnetic* motors, one such motor being effective to cause movement of one type-bar, and wherein the pressing of a selected key* element causes energization of a corresponding selected magnetic motor to cause movement of its connected type-bar. | |
365 | HAVING ROTATED POWER DRIVE INTERMITTENTLY APPLIED FOR TYPE-BAR ACTUATION: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein mechanical energy is used to turn
a shaft, said shaft being the origin of the force needed to perform
any of the typing operations in a typewriter, and wherein said shaft
is caused to be connected temporarily to a force-transmitting member only
when an operation is to be performed, which operation includes the
movement of a type-bar* (i.e., having a type-face* element thereon)
from a rest position to a print-point* position for imprinting
a character* on a record-medium*, or the movement
of any element of a typewriter to perform a typing function*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
366 | . Including jam-release means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 365. Subject matter wherein a power-driven typewriter is provided
with means for freeing a blockage caused by two movable parts of
the typewriter tending to occupy the same space at the same time.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
367 | . Interposed components driven by filter shaft: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 365. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is driven by a power
drive that includes said shaft and a second shaft, which second
shaft is rotated intermittently (i.e., when an operation is to be performed),
and has radial projections thereon one of which projections strikes
a member when the second shaft is rotated, which member is moved
substantially tangentially of the second shaft when struck, and
which member lies between the second shaft and a linkage that actuates
the operation to be performed.
| |||
368 | . For repeat-type action: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 365. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is driven by a power
drive and is capable of an operation in which a typist presses one
particular character*-key* element and the type-face* corresponding
to said key will impact the record-medium* again and again
to produce a succession of character symbols during the one pressing
of the key element, all of which symbols are the same character.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
369 | .. With prevention of repeat typing: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 368. Subject matter wherein said typewriter is capable of said
operation in which repeated typing of the same character* symbol
occurs, or is capable of inhibiting the repeated typing operation.
| |||
370 | . Via continuously rotated power roll: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 365. Subject matter wherein said shaft is turned uninterruptedly
(i.e., continuously rotated) and is fixed to a generally cylindrical
member for similar continuous rotation of the member, which cylindrical
member is positioned transversely of the type-bar* action
mechanisms and the key* lever mechanisms of the typewriter,
and is provided with surface modifications or characteristics intended
to be engaged temporarily with a component that is connected to
a type-bar action or to means for actuating a function* when
a typist depresses a selected key element that initiates said one
action or said one function*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||||
371 | .. And oscillatable cam: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 370. Subject matter wherein said continuously rotated cylindrical
member intermittently drives a component, which component has a cam
surface and pivots to-and-fro in an arc to move a lever on which
the component is mounted.
| |||
372 | .. And rotatable cam (e.g., single-lobe cam): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 370. Subject matter wherein said continuously rotated cylindrical
member intermittently drives a component, which component has a cam
surface and turns around an axis to move a lever on which the component
is mounted.
| |||
373 | ... Including double-lobe cam: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 372. Subject matter wherein said cam surface is so configured that it will effect two complete oscillatory movements of the lever on which it is mounted during each rotation (i.e., through 360°) of said component, a complete oscillatory movement comprising a movement away from and a movement toward a rest or normal position. | |
374 | .. And friction leg (e.g., other than by cam): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 370. Subject matter wherein said continuously rotated cylindrical member intermittently drives a component by nonslidable contact between a surface of the member and a surface of the component. | |
375 | .. Snatch roll: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 370. Subject matter wherein the surface characteristics of said continuously rotated cylindrical member include toothlike projections extending circumferentially around the member, each projection being substantially parallel to the axis of rotation of the member to form a longitudinally corrugated surface on the member, and wherein said component is a pawl* or a star wheel (i.e., a rotatable element having projections or teeth extending radially), which component is temporarily engaged with said surface when an actuation of the typewriter is desired. | |
375.1 | ... Including plural coaxial snatch discs: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Subject matter wherein said continuously rotated cylindrical
member is formed as a composite assemblage of elements rotating
on the same axis, each of which elements extends in an axial direction
to only part of the axial length of said member, but is otherwise
similar in configuration to said member as to its toothlike projections.
| |||
375.2 | ... With control of impact force: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Subject matter wherein the cylindrical member and the component
cause a type-bar* together with its type-face* element
to be impressed against a record-medium* with a particular impetus,
and wherein the cooperation between the cylindrical member and the
component, or movement of the component itself, may be regulated
as to its impression impetus.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
375.3 | ... With electromagnetic control of pawl: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Subject matter wherein said component is a pawl* that engages a notch between the projection of said cylindrical member when an actuation of the typewriter is desired, the pawl being moved into engagement with the notch by the energization of an electromagnetically driven element. | |
375.4 | ... And star wheel: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Subject matter wherein said component is a rotatable element having projections or teeth extending radially from the axis of rotation of the element, and wherein a projection or tooth of said element engages a notch between the projections of said cylindrical member when an actuation of the typewriter is desired. | |
376 | .. With control of impact force: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 370. Subject matter wherein the member and the component cause
a type-bar* together with its type-face* element
to be impressed against a record-medium* with a particular
impetus, and wherein the cooperation between the cylindrical member
and the component, or the movement of the component itself, may
be regulated as to its impression impetus.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
377 | . Via limited-rotation clutch: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 365. Subject matter wherein said continuously rotated shaft is
caused to be connected intermittently and temporarily to said force-transmitting
member by way of a clutch that is engaged for only a predetermined
number of degrees of rotation and disengaged after the predetermined
number of degrees of rotation has been transmitted.
| |||
378 | .. Plural cams clutched to drive shaft: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 377. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a plurality of said second elements, each of which second elements includes a cam surface that is connected by way of a cam-surface follower to a force-transmitting member for a selected type-bar* action. | |
379 | . Via spring drive (e.g., spring-driven snatch roll): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 365. Subject matter wherein said shaft is caused to be connected intermittently and temporarily to said force-transmitting member by way of at least one resilient or yieldable component, which component is stressed by rotation of the shaft, and the stress in the component is released intermittently or selectively to actuate a selected type-bar* action. | |
380 | .. Including Individual spring for each type-bar action: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 379. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a plurality of said components corresponding to the number of type-bar* members and the number of mechanisms that actuate the type-bars, one of said components being connected to each one of said type-bars. | |
381 | .. Including reciprocable common actuator: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 379. Subject matter wherein one force-transmitting member is capable of being connected to any of a plurality of type-bar* action mechanisms as selected by a typist, and wherein said force-transmitting member moves to-and-fro to make such connection. | |
382 | . Via reciprocating common actuator: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 365. Subject matter wherein said shaft is caused to be connected intermittently and temporarily to said force-transmitting member by way of a component that moves to-an-fro, and wherein a plurality of force-transmitting members are provided, each member effecting movement of one of a plurality of type-bar* action mechanisms as selected by a typist. | |
383 | TYPE-BAR-ACTION MECHANISM OR TYPE-FACE ON TYPE-BAR OR TYPE-FACE INKER: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to (a)
means for effecting movement of a type-bar* member from
its rest (i.e., normal or base) position to its print-point* (i.e., type-face* impacting)
position or to the close vicinity of the print-point position, or
(b) means for returning a type-bar from its print-point position
to its rest position, or (c) structure for enabling such movement
or for supporting a type-bar during such movement, or (d) a type-face
mounted on or supported by a type-bar, or (e) means for applying
ink* to a type-face before the type face is impacted against
the record-medium*, or (f) structure that is used in conjunction
with a type-bar.
| |||||
384 | . Spring drive for type-bar action: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter wherein the movement of a type-bar* from its rest position to its print-point* position is caused by the manual depression of a key* element by a typist by way of a resilient or yieldable component that is stressed and the stress is released intermittently or selectively to effect said movement. | |
385 | . With added-motion mechanism for type-bar near print-point: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with first means for effecting movement of a type-bar* from its rest position to a position close to (i.e., the vicinity of) the print-point* of the typewriter, and is also provided with additional means for effecting further movement of the type-bar from the close position to a print-point position. | |
386 | .. Including toggle-linkage: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 385. Subject matter wherein said additional means includes a toggle-linkage* in the actuating mechanism at effects said further movement. | |
387 | .. Including momentum accumulator: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 385. Subject matter wherein said additional means includes a mass or weight, the inertia of said mass providing the force that effects said further movement. | |
388 | .. Including hammer, roller, or presser mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 385. Subject matter wherein said additional means includes a
striker element that imparts a sudden impact, or includes a cylindrical
element that rolls against said type-bar*, or includes
a forcer element that urges the type-bar, any of which elements
is not directly connected to the type-bar, but which effects said
further movement of the type-bar.
| |||
388.1 | ... Type-bar pivotable to vicinity of print-point: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 388. Subject matter wherein the first means (i.e., of subclass
385) effects arcuate movement of a type-bar* from its rest
position to a position close to the print-point* of the
typewriter.
| |||
389 | .. With power assist for mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 385. Subject matter wherein said additional means effects further movement of the type-bar* with the help of electrical or electromagnetic energy applied to the type-bar-actuator means. | |
390 | . With end-thrust mechanism for type-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter wherein a type-bar* of a typewriter
is an elongated member having a type-face* (or a type-die*)
element thereon located at one end of said member, said type-face
being positioned so that its surface is approximately perpendicular
to the elongated length of the member, and wherein the movement
of said type-bar is in the direction of its length as it moves from
a rest position to a print-point* position.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
391 | .. Type-bar slidable on flat support: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 390. Subject matter wherein said type-bar* is carried by a planar member and is moved relative to the member while in contact with the surface of the member. | |
391.1 | ... Driven by gear means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 391. Subject matter wherein the movement of the type-bar* is effected by way of at least two toothed members, the teeth of which intermesh so that as one member is moved, another member is also moved. | |
391.2 | ... Driven by cam means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 391. Subject matter wherein the movement of the type-bar* is
effected by way of a member having a cam surface connected to a
cam-surface follower.
| |||
391.3 | ... Driven by toggle-linkage: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 391. Subject matter wherein the movement of the type-bar* is effected by way of a toggle-linkage* connected to the type-bar. | |
391.4 | ... With power assist for mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 391. Subject matter wherein the movement of the type-bar* is effected with the help of electrical or electromagnetic energy applied to the type-bar-moving means. | |
392 | .. Including momentum accumulator: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 390. Subject matter wherein said movement of said type-bar* is helped by a mass or weight, the inertia of said mass providing the force that effects said movement. | |
393 | .. For top-strike or bottom-strike typewriter: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 390. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter in which type-face* elements impact against the platen* (and thereby impact against a record-medium* that is backed by the platen) at a print-point* located adjacent to an uppermost part of the platen or at a print-point located adjacent to an underneath part of the platen. | |
394 | . With type-bar pivot traveling during typing movement of type-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter wherein a type-bar* of a typewriter
is mounted for oscillatory or arcuate movement about an axis while
the type-bar moves from its rest position to its print-point* position,
and wherein said axis also move from a first position to a second
position while the type-bar moves.
| |||
395 | .. Type-bar pivot on longitudinally movable carrier in top-strike typewriter: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 394. Subject matter wherein the type-bar* is mounted
for oscillatory or arcuate movement about an axis, and the axis
is in a support that moves rectilinearly to-and-fro relative to
the print-point* position, and wherein the type-bar is
in a top-strike typewriter.
| |||||
396 | .. With ink pad on type-bar rest: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 394. Subject matter wherein said type-bar* or the type-face* element
carried thereby is supported while in its rest position by an element,
which element includes a block or mass of porous or absorbent material
that is impregnated with ink* whereby a type-face that
is resting on the element will be coated with ink in preparation for
the next impact of the type-face against a record-medium*.
| |||
397 | . With disconnection of type-bar action during movement thereof: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter wherein a type-bar* of a typewriter
is caused to move from its rest position to its print-point* position
by drive linkage that associates or joins a key*lever to
the type-bar so that movement of the key lever transmits movement
to the type-bar, and wherein the drive linkage is temporarily disassociated
or disjoined while the type-bar is moving to a print-point position
so that the type-bar may continue its movement without further typing movement
of the key lever.
| |||||
398 | . With accelerated (e.g., motion amplifying) type-bar action: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed mechanism
that effects an increase in the rate of speed of a type-bar* as
it moves from its rest position to its print-point* position,
which mechanism includes a link or lever that pivots about a fulcrum
that shifts relative to the link or lever as the type-bar moves.
| |||
399 | .. By rolling contact between links: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 398. Subject matter wherein the mechanism includes one lever or link that pivots with respect to an associated lever or link on a fulcrum that rolls or turns at the point of association. | |
399.1 | ... By key lever rolling on fulcrum: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 399. Subject matter wherein the lever or link that pivots with
respect to its associated lever or link is a key* lever.
| |||||
400 | .. By cam-engaging link: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 398. Subject matter wherein the mechanism includes a component that rotates or oscillates about an axis, which component has an edge periphery that varies in radius around the periphery and which component is associated with a lever or link to provide the means for shifting the fulcrum of the lever. | |
401 | .. By breaking and straightening toggle-linkages: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 398. Subject matter wherein the mechanism includes at least two
toggle-linkage* assemblages associated with a lever for
moving the type-bar*, one of which toggle-linkages act
to move the lever when the toggle-linkage is straightened and the
other of which toggle-linkages act to move the lever when the toggle-linkage
is broken.
| |||
402 | .. By breaking toggle-linkage (e.g., to pull type-bar to print-point): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 398. Subject matter wherein the mechanism includes a toggle-linkage* assemblage
associated with a lever for moving the type-bar*, which
toggle-linkage acts to move the lever when the toggle-linkage is
broken.
| |||
403 | .. By straightening toggle-linkage (e.g., to push type-bar to print-point): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 398. Subject matter wherein the mechanism includes a toggle-linkage* assemblage
associated with a lever for moving the type-bar*, which
toggle-linkage acts to move the lever when the toggle-linkage is
straightened.
| |||
404 | .. Including adjustment of toggle-linkage anchor position: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 398. Subject matter wherein the mechanism includes a toggle-linkage* assemblage associated with a lever for moving the type-bar*, which toggle-linkage includes one link pivoted to the typewriter frame at a location that may be varied relative to the frame, whereby the effect of the toggle-linkage on the lever may be varied. | |
405 | .. By type-bar connecting link: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 398. Subject matter wherein the mechanism includes a lever or bell crank or link that associates the type-bar* member with the key* lever for moving the type-bar with an increase in the rate of speed of the type-bar. | |
405.1 | ... Including gear connection: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 405. Subject matter wherein the lever or bell crank or link is provided with a toothed portion moving in the arc of a circle, the teeth meshing with a toothed portion on the type-bar* member to effect movement of the type-bar when the key* lever moves the lever, bell crank, or link of the mechanism. | |
406 | .. By pin and slot connection: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 398. Subject matter wherein the mechanism includes a lever or link having a narrow, elongated aperture therein associated with a lever or link having a short rod extending through the aperture, the aperture and rod providing the means for shifting the fulcrum. | |
407 | .. Including type-bar starter means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 398. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to that portion of the type-bar* moving mechanism that initiates movement of the type-bar away from the rest position. | |
408 | . For bottom-strike typewriter: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
in which the type-face* elements impact against the platen* (and thereby
impact against a record-medium* that is backed by the platen)
at a print-point* located adjacent to an underneath part
of the platen.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
409 | .. Including simultaneous actuation of plural type-bars for simultaneous imprinting: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 408. Subject matter wherein two or more type-bar* members, each type-bar carrying at least one type-face* element thereon, are each moved from a respective rest position to a respective print-point* position to impact two or more type-faces against the record-medium* at the same time. | |
410 | .. With pivotally mounted platen carrier (e.g., for access, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 408. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a
platen* for backing the record-medium*, which
platen is supported for movement of the platen relative to the typewriter during
typing operation, and wherein the platen support also enables movement
of the platen out of typing position being in the arc of a circle.
| |||
411 | .. Type-bar actuated by rack and gear: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 408. Subject matter wherein type-face* elements are carried by respective type-bar* members and wherein each type-bar is moved from a rest position to a print-point* position by way of a reciprocable bar having teeth along one edge thereof and a rotatable disc having teeth on the periphery thereof, the teeth of the disc meshing with the teeth of the bar so that movement of one toothed element causes movement of the other toothed element which causes movement of the type-bar. | |
412 | .. Including type-bar mounting arrangement: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 408. Subject matter wherein type-face* elements are carried
by respective type-bar* members, and wherein significance
is attributed to structure for supporting the type-bars for movement from
a rest position to a print-point* position.
| |||
413 | .. With type-face inker (e.g., ink-pad rest): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 408. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with means
to apply ink* to the type-face* element.
| |||
414 | .. Including key or key-lever arrangement: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 408. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
key* elements or the key-lever bars or to structure that
support the key elements of a bottom-strike typewriter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||||
415 | . For top-strike typewriter: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
in which type-face* elements impact against the platen* (and
thereby impact against a record-medium* that is backed
by the platen) at a print-point* located adjacent to an
uppermost part of the platen.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
416 | .. Including type-bars pivoted on both sides of, or above and across, platen axis: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Subject matter wherein the type-bar* members carrying
the type-face* elements of a type-set-assemblage* are
either (a) disposed into two groups, one group of type-bars being
oscillated about an axis (or axes) located in front of the platen* and
the other group of type-bars being oscillated about an axis (or
axes) located behind the platen, or (b) oscillated on one or more
type-bar axes, the axis of oscillation of each type-bar being disposed
over the platen and transverse to the length dimension of the platen.
| |||
417 | .. With type-face inker (e.g., ink pad, roller, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with means
to apply ink* to the type-face* element.
| |||
418 | .. Type-bar pivoted by gear connection: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Subject matter wherein the type-bar* member is oscillated from a rest position to a print-point* position, the oscillation being effected by a toothed portion on the type-bar, the teeth of the type-bar being intermeshed with teeth on a toothed component that is caused to rotate or oscillate. | |
419 | .. Type-member or type-bar pivoted and rotatable (e.g., for selection of type-face): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Subject matter wherein a plurality of type-face* elements
are carried on a type-member* or carried by a type-bar*,
which type-bar is an elongated member that is oscillatable from
a rest position to a print-point* position about a pivot,
and wherein either the type-member or the type-bar may be turned
or oscillated about an axis that is substantially perpendicular
to the pivot axis of the type-bar, whereby one of the plurality
of type-faces on any type-member or type-bar may be positioned or
oriented to be impressed against the record-medium* when the
type-bar is oscillated to the print-point.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
420 | .. Type-bar pivoted by push link: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Subject matter wherein the type-bar* member is oscillated from a rest position to a print-point* position, the oscillation being effected by a component that is connected to the type-bar and is moved in a direction along its length dimension with force that tends to compress the length dimension. | |
421 | .. Type-bar pivoted by cam: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Subject matter wherein the type-bar* member is oscillated from a rest position to a print-point* position, the oscillation being effected by a component that rotates or oscillates about an axis, which component has an edge periphery that varies in radius about the periphery and which component is associated with the type-bar to cause the type-bar to move toward the print-point as the component oscillates or rotates. | |
422 | . Type-bar action: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to mechanism for effecting the movement of a type-bar* from its rest (i.e., normal or base) position to its print-point* (i.e., type-face* impacting) position. | |
423 | .. Including selectively disengageable type-bar action to render action inoperable: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 422. Subject matter wherein said mechanism includes links or
components normally connected together for enabling the mechanism
to effect movement of a type-bar* from its rest position
to its print-point* position, and wherein one or more of
the links or components may be temporarily disconnected at the will
of the typist, whereby the mechanism is made ineffective.
| |||
424 | .. With type-face pivoted on type-bar for rolling contact with platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 422. Subject matter wherein the type-bar* member supports a type-face* element for arcuate movement relative to the type-bar, the movement being on an axis that is parallel to the axis of the platen* to which the type-bar is moved for impression of the type-face at the print-point* and wherein the type-face rolls against the platen by moving the type-face-element axis around the platen axis when the type-face is adjacent to the print- point. | |
425 | .. Including jam-release means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 422. Subject matter wherein a typewriter having type-bar* members
that are movable from a rest position to a print-point* position
is provided with means for freeing a blockage caused by two type-bars
tending to occupy the same space at the same time.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
426 | .. Including type-bar return before release of key lever: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 422. Subject matter wherein the type-bar* is moved from a rest position to a print-point* position and from a print-point position back to a rest position, and at least the movement from rest to a print-point is accomplished as a result of a typist pressing a key* element on the key-board* of the typewriter, and wherein the movement of the type-bar from a print-point back to a rest position may be accomplished while the key element is still pressed by the typist. | |
427 | .. Including yieldable link in type-bar action: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 422. Subject matter wherein said mechanism includes a resilient
component as part of the drive train that causes the movement of
the type-bar* member from a rest position to a print-point* position.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
428 | .. Including means to limit type-bar movement: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 422. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means
for regulating the movement of the type-bar* member in
its movement from a rest position to a print-point* position
or its movement from a print-point position to a rest position,
said means being part of said mechanism for effecting said movement.
| |||
429 | .. Type-bar pushed or pulled by hooklike cam: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 422. Subject matter wherein the type-bar* movement is effected by a mechanism that includes an elongated component that is pivoted adjacent to one end thereof, said one end being configured as a curved extension that extends into a concavity of a cooperating member that is included in said mechanism, the curved extension also having a side edge periphery that varies in radius around the periphery whereby as the component pivots its periphery extending into the concavity will cause movement of the cooperating member. | |
430 | .. Type-bar pulled to print-point: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 422. Subject matter wherein the type-bar* member is moved from a rest position to a print-point* position by a component that is part of the type-bar-action mechanism, which component is itself under tension as the type-bar is moved to the print-point. | |
430.1 | ... By cam means (e.g., slotted cam, helix, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 430. Subject matter wherein said component oscillates or rotates about an axis and is provided with a periphery that engages a cooperating element and causes movement of the cooperating element (and thus causes movement of the type-bar*-action mechanism) as the component periphery is caused to be rotated or oscillated. | |
430.2 | ... By toggle-linkage: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 430. Subject matter wherein said tension component is part of a toggle-linkage* assemblage. | |
430.3 | ... With movable type-bar-segment: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 430. Subject matter wherein the type-bar* members of
the typewriter are mounted on a type-bar-segment*, which
type-bar-segment is mounted so as to be movable.
| |||
431 | .. Type-bar moved to print-point by gear drive: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 422. Subject matter wherein said mechanism includes at least two components having teeth or notches thereon, the teeth of one component intermeshing with the teeth of the other component whereby the movement of one component is transmitted to the movement of the other component, and the components being associated in the type-bar*-action mechanism. | |
432 | .. Type-bar moved to print-point by cam means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 422. Subject matter wherein said mechanism includes a component that is rotated or oscillated about an axis, which component has an edge periphery that varies in radius about the periphery, and which periphery contacts an element in the type-bar*-action mechanism that is moved by the rotation or oscillation of the component. | |
433 | .. Type-bar moved to print-point by toggle-linkage: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 422. Subject matter wherein said mechanism includes a toggle-linkage* assemblage associated in the type-bar*-action mechanism. | |
434 | .. Including connecting link or joint: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 422. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to one or more of the components in the structure of said mechanism that effects the movement of a type-bar* from its rest position to its print-point* position, or wherein significance is attributed to structure that joins said components to enable movement to occur between the components. | |
434.1 | ... Adjustable (e.g., in length, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 434. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to structure of said component for varying the component as to its position, dimensions, or effectiveness in the mechanism. | |
434.2 | ... Flexible (e.g., spring, strap, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 434. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to structure of said component that is bendable or yieldable or pliant. | |
434.3 | ... Including connecting element (e.g., joint, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 434. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to structure that joins said components to enable movement to occur between the components. | |
435 | . Type-bar rebound preventer (e.g., via latch, brake, linkage, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means
for retarding movement of a type-bar* that is returning
from its print-point* position to its rest position, whereby
the type-bar will not spring back from its rest position.
| |||
436 | . Type-bar return spring connected to type-bar action linkage: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a resilient or yieldable means for effecting the movement of a type-bar* from its print-point* position to its rest position, said means being part of or joined to means for effecting movement of the type-bar from its rest position to its print-point position. | |
437 | .. For impact control: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 436. Subject matter wherein a type-bar* member is moved from its rest position to its print-point* position to impress a type-face* by force against a record-medium* backed by a platen* at the print-point, and wherein significance is attributed to regulating or governing said force by said resilient or yieldable means. | |
438 | .. With adjustment means (e.g., for "touch" control, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 436. Subject matter wherein a type-bar* member is moved
from its rest position to its print-point* position, the
movement being caused by the pressing of a key* element
on a key-board* by a typist exerting force on the key,
and wherein significance is attributed to changing the amount of
force exerted by the typist for pressing the key element.
| |||
438.1 | ... Including an indicator: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 438. Subject matter wherein the typewriter that is provided with said force-changing attribute is also provided with a device for showing the typist an indication of how much force is required to press the key* elements of the typewriter. | |
439 | .. Attached to type-bar or universal-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 436. Subject matter wherein said resilient or yieldable means is fastened to the type-bar* itself or to the universal-bar* that causes movement of the type-bar. | |
440 | .. Attached to key lever (e.g., tension spring): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 436. Subject matter wherein said resilient or yieldable means
is fastened to the key* lever of the typewriter.
| |||||
440.1 | ... Compression spring: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 440. Subject matter wherein the resilient or yieldable means is a component that exerts a returning force when the opposite ends thereof are pushed together. | |
440.2 | ... Cantilever spring (e.g., torsion, hairpin, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 440. Subject matter wherein the resilient or yieldable means
is an elongated component having two ends, one of the ends being
fixed to the frame of the typewriter and the other of the ends being
movable to exert a returning force.
| |||
441 | . Type-bar pivot support: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to structure that holds a fulcrum or axis, on which fulcrum or axis a type-bar* oscillates during its movement from its rest position to print-point* position and its return from its print-point position to its rest position. | |
442 | .. For plural groups of type-bars: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 441. Subject matter wherein the type-bar* members of a typewriter are arranged in two or more sets, each set including only part of the full type-set-assemblage* of the typewriter, and each set of type-bars being supported on a separate pivot support that is common to all the type-bars of that set. | |
442.1 | ... Having type-bars disposed on plural ring supports: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 442. Subject matter wherein each set of type-bar* members is mounted in a pivot support that has a circular or annular configuration. | |
442.2 | ... Including type-bars pivoted on vertical pivot(s) (e.g., moved in horizontal plane): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 442. Subject matter wherein each of the type-bar* members is mounted for oscillation about an axis that is disposed vertically so that the oscillation occurs horizontally. | |
443 | .. Ring support: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 441. Subject matter wherein each type-bar* member is
mounted for oscillation in a pivot support that has a circular or
annular configuration.
| |||
444 | .. Type basket laterally movable relative to platen and key-board: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 441. Subject matter wherein the type-bar* members are arranged in a unitary support, which support is mounted so as to be moved with respect to the platen* and to the key-board* of the typewriter in a plane that is parallel to a horizontal plane tangent to the platen. | |
445 | .. Type-bar-segment (e.g., wire journal): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 441. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to said
structure being configured as a type-bar-segment.
| |||
445.1 | ... With guide for movement of segment: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with means
associated with the type-bar-segment* that constrains the
type-bar-segment to motion along a predetermined path.
| |||
445.2 | ... Including hanger for individual type-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter wherein the type-bar-segment* is provided with a plurality of components, each component being affixed to or dependent from the type-bar-segment, and each component serving to support one type-bar* member for oscillation of the type-bar. | |
445.3 | .... And bearing for type-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 445.2. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a part
in or on said component in which a pivot or journal or gudgeon that
is connected to the type-bar* member turns or oscillates
relative to said component.
| |||
445.4 | ... Interchangeable (i.e., easily removable) segment: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a type-bar segment* that may be taken out of the typewriter without the use of special tools to be replaced by the same or a different type-bar-segment. | |
445.5 | ... With type-bar anvil: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 445. Subject matter wherein the type-bar-segment* is
provided with a component located adjacent to the position at which
the type-bar* member stops when the type-face* element
has reached the print-point* position, which component acts
to stop the type-bar at the print-point.
| |||
446 | .. Interconnected (e.g., nested) support bearings: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 441. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a part in or on said structure, in which part of a pivot or journal or gudgeon that is connected to the type-bar* member turns or oscillates relative to said structure, and which part of one type-bar is held partly within the confines of a similar part of an adjacent type-bar. | |
447 | .. Ball-and-socket bearing for type-bar (e.g., universal joint): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 441. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the form of bearing that enables the type-bar* member to oscillate from its rest position to its print-point* position and return, the bearing including a spheroidal part that is partially enclosed in a concavity that at least partially surrounds the spheroidal part. | |
448 | .. Roller bearing or ball bearing for type-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 441. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
form of bearing that enables a type-bar* member to oscillate
from its rest position to its print-point position and return to
its rest position, the bearing being a roller bearing or a ball
bearing.
| |||
448.1 | ... Including plural bearings for each type-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 448. Subject matter wherein each of the type-bar* members is provided with at least two of said bearings, at least one such bearing being on each side of the type-bar. | |
449 | .. Adjustable bearing for type-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 441. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to structure
that holds the pivot or axis on which the type-bar* member
oscillates, which structure may be varied in its location or effect on
the oscillation of the type-bar.
| |||
450 | .. Pin support for type-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 441. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to structure on which the type-bar* member oscillates, which structure comprises a short rodlike component that is provided for each of the type-bar members. | |
451 | .. Wire support for type-bars: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 441. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to structure on which the type-bar* member oscillates, which structure comprises a slender, elongated component that serves as a pivot for all the type-bars. | |
452 | . Type-bar structure: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the type-bar* member itself or to the portions of the type-bar that are integral therewith. | |
453 | .. With type-face movable in plane of type-bar movement: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 452. Subject matter wherein the type-bar* member is
moved from its rest position to its print-point* position
along an imaginary surface, and wherein the type-face* element
is carried by the type-bar so as to be moved by the type-bar and
also to be moved relative to the type-bar, both movements of the
type-face elements occurring along said imaginary surface.
| |||
454 | . Type-bar rest or rest support: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to that portion of a typewriter that holds or supports the type-bar* in its rest or normal or inactive position, or wherein significance is attributed to structure that holds said portion on the typewriter. | |
455 | .. Including metallic material: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 454. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to said portion of said structure being fabricated of metal. | |
456 | . Type-bar or type-member guide structure: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means
located on the frame of the typewriter or located adjacent to the
print-point* of the typewriter, which means serves to confine the
movement of a type-bar* member that is approaching the
print-point into a path that will insure the correct positioning
of a type-member* (i.e., a type-face* element
or a type-die* element) relative to the print-point.
| |||
457 | .. Including resilient means for energy absorption or kickback: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 456. Subject matter wherein the guide means is provided with a yieldable element that is engaged and partially displaced by the type-bar* member print-point*, the displacement of the yieldable element storing the force of movement of the type-bar and/or the return of the yieldable element to its original condition serving to initiate the return of the type-bar to its original rest position. | |
458 | .. Mounted on platen-carriage: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 456. Subject matter wherein the guide means is carried by the carriage* of the typewriter that holds the platen* of the typewriter. | |
459 | .. For thrusted type-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 456. Subject matter wherein the type-bar* member that
is guided is an elongated member having a type-face* element
(or a type-die* element) thereon located at one end of
said member, said type-face being positioned so that its surface
is approximately perpendicular to the elongated length of the member,
and the movement of said type-bar is in the direction of its length
as it moves from its rest position to its print-point* position.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
460 | .. Guide adjacent print-point: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 456. Subject matter wherein said guide means is located in the vicinity of the print-point* of the typewriter. | |
460.1 | ... Including rollers or balls: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 460. Subject matter wherein said guide means is provided with
a pair of cylindrical elements or a pair of spheroidal elements
to facilitate the guiding of the type-bar* element or the
type-bar* member to the print-point*.
| |||
460.2 | ... Including pin or collar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 460. Subject matter wherein said guide means includes a projection on the type-face* element or the type-bar* member that enters into an aperture in the guide means at the print-point*, or includes a projection on the guide means that enters into an aperture in the type-face element or the type-bar member when the element or member is at the print-point. | |
461 | .. Adjustable guide: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 456. Subject matter wherein the guide means includes parts that may be varied in their relationship to the typewriter or the print-point*. | |
462 | . Type-member structure: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the type- member* (i.e., the type-face* element or the type-die* element) itself or to a portion of the type-member that is integral therewith. | |
463 | .. Removable type-member: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 462. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a type-member* which may be disconnected from the type-bar* member and/or the same or a different type-member replaced on the type-bar. | |
464 | .. Rotatable on type-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 462. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a type-member* which is turnable on any axis relative to the type-bar* member on which the type-member is mounted. | |
465 | .. Pivotable on type-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 462. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a type-member* which is oscillatable on a axis relative to the type-bar* member on which the type-member is mounted. | |
466 | .. Type-face or type-die configuration (e.g., reverse image, boldface, piercing, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 462. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
shape or physical characteristics or character* imprinting
characteristics of a type-face* element or of a type-die* element.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
467 | . Dust guard for type-bar action mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to structure
on a typewriter, which structure serves to protect the moving parts
of a type-bar* action from the effects of foreign matter
which could harm the action if introduced thereinto.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
468 | .. For type-bar bearing (e.g., shield on type-bar segment): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 467. Subject matter wherein the dust-protecting structure is mounted adjacent to the type-bar* member at the location where the type-bar is pivoted for movement. | |
469 | . Attachment to type-bar for imprinting extra character: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with a full type-set-assemblage* of type-face* elements carried by type-bar* members, and wherein significance is attributed to the addition to one of the type-bars of an added type-face element that imprints an additional character* on the record-medium*. | |
470 | . Ink-impregnated type-face or inker for type-face: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means
for applying ink* to the type-face* element prior
to impressing the type-face against the record-medium* directly
(i.e., without the use of an interposed inking ribbon*).
| |||
471 | .. Including stationary ink pad for inking type-face directly: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 470. Subject matter wherein ink* is applied to the type-face* element
by an ink-impregnated block of absorbent material, which block is mounted
on the typewriter.
| |||
471.1 | ... And a wick for feeding pad from reservoir: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 471. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a receptacle containing liquid ink* and a conduit including fibrous material, which conduit leads from the receptacle to the ink-impregnated block to transfer ink therethrough by capillary action. | |
472 | KEY-BOARD OR KEY-LEVER-ACTUATING MECHANISM: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to (a)
the key-board* of a typewriter, or (b) one or more of the
key* elements of the typewriter, or (c) a key lever, which
key lever is a fulcrumed bar that is moved by the pressing of a
key element is connected to a mechanism that causes relative movement
between a type-face* or a type-die* and a record-medium* to
effect record-medium, or which bar is connected to a mechanism to
initiate or cause the operation of a function* of the typewriter,
or (d) means for effecting the pressing of one or more key elements.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||||||
473 | . Including mechanism (e.g., auxiliary key-board) for activating keys: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 472. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with means
that cause the key* elements of a typewriter key-board* to
be pressed successively.
| |||
474 | .. Electromagnetic key-board-drive mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 473. Subject matter wherein said means includes components that
are moved by electromagnetic force to press the key* elements
successively.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
475 | .. Operated by user"s leg (e.g., foot, knee, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 473. Subject matter wherein said means is energized by a lower
limb of the typist.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
476 | .. For actuating function key only: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 473. Subject matter wherein said means causes only a function*-key* element
to be pressed.
| |||
477 | . Including means generating a signal for type selecting or other typing function: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 472. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with means
for producing a pulse or code indication whenever a key* element
is pressed.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||||
478 | .. Via slidable code bars: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 477. Subject matter wherein the code indication is produced by rectilinearly movable members having notches or grooves in one surface of the members, the members being moved in accordance with the particular key* element that has been pressed, and the signal being generated in accordance with the relative relationship of the notches in the members. | |
479 | .. Via electrical component (e.g., switch, stylus, etc.) in or with key-board: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 477. Subject matter wherein the pulse is produced by a device
in an electrical circuit, which device completes the circuit whenever
a key* element is pressed.
| |||
479.1 | ... Capacitance-responsive switch: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 479. Subject matter wherein the device that completes the electrical circuit is one that embodies the electrical phenomenon known as "capacitance". | |
479.2 | ... Electromagnetic-responsive switch: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 479. Subject matter wherein the device that completes the electric circuit is one that embodies the electrical phenomenon known as "magnetism" that is energized by electricity. | |
480 | . Including control of key action (e.g., buffer, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 472. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
regulating or governing of the movement or speed of movement or
stopping of a key* element or said fulcrumed bar (i.e.,
a key lever) of a typewriter key-board*.
| |||
481 | .. By regulating key force or movement (e.g., key dip or stroke): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 480. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the governing of the amount of pressure applied by the typist to the key* elements of the typewriter or to the distance that the fingers of the typist move during pressing of the key elements. | |
482 | . For stenographic typewriter: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 472. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
key-board* that is used in a stenos:graphic typewriter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
483 | . For Braille typewriter: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 472. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
key-board* that is used in a Braille typewriter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
484 | . For foreign-language typewriter: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 472. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
key-board* that is a foreign-language typewriter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
485 | . Key-board having multiple-character, multiple-movement keys: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 472. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a key-board* having
key* elements that are movable in a plurality of directions
as pressed by a typist, each of which directional movements of a
key element effecting the imprinting of a different character* symbol
on the record-medium*.
| |||
486 | . Key-board arranged according to character location: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 472. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
positioning relative to one another of the key* elements
that are each pressed to effect imprint of a particular character* symbol.
| |||
487 | .. Color-coded key-board: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 486. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the color or tint of the key* elements that are positioned on the key-board*, the elements being grouped in accordance with color. | |
488 | . Key-board including row of keys having different heights: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 472. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
positioning of the key* elements of a key-board* in
accordance with the distances from the topmost surface of each key
element to a common base.
| |||
489 | . Key-board including keys grouped to facilitate positioning of typist"s fingers: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 472. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the positioning of the key* elements of a key-board* in accordance with the distance that the fingers of a typist needs to reach from a rest position of the typist"s hands to pressing position of the typist"s fingers on the key element to be pressed. | |
490 | . Key-cap or key-stem structure: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 472. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a key* cap, which key cap is that part of a key element that is engaged by a finger of the typist during pressing of the key or is visible to the typist and bears a character* symbol corresponding to the character that will be imprinted on the record-medium* when the key is pressed, or wherein significance is attributed to a key stem, which key stem is that part of a key element that connects the key cap to the key lever. | |
491 | .. Including cushioning means (e.g., yieldable surface): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 490. Subject matter wherein either said key* cap or said
key stem includes means that tends to absorb some of the force exerted
by the typist"s fingers as the key elements are pressed
during typing.
| |||
491.1 | ... Including underlying air-cushion: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 491. Subject matter wherein said means includes a resilient bag or container having a gas therein. | |
491.2 | ... Including spring supporting key cap or key stem: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 491. Subject matter wherein said means includes a resilient or yieldable component that connects said key* cap to said key stem or that connects said key stem to the key lever and holds the parts of the key element in place. | |
491.3 | .... With sensory indicator (e.g., sound, tactile response, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 491.2. Subject matter wherein said means also includes a member
that stimulates one of the senses of the typist to enhance the awareness
of the typist to the act of typing.
| |||
492 | .. Adjustable in plane of key(s) (e.g., to facilitate reach, rotatable, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 490. Subject matter wherein said key* element has the
topmost surface of its key cap lying in a particular plane, and
wherein the position of said key cap relative to the key-board* may
be varied while the top surface of the key cap remains in said particular
plane.
| |||
493 | .. Including character-bearing disc on key cap: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 490. Subject matter wherein said key* cap is provided with a thin, flat, circular component mounted on the top surface of the key cap, which component bears on its top surface an indicium representing the character* symbol that will be imprinted on the record-medium* when the key element bearing said key cap is pressed. | |
493.1 | ... Secured by encircling ring member: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 493. Subject matter wherein said component is mounted on said key* cap and fastened thereto by an annular element that surrounds the component and the key cap. | |
493.2 | .... With slot for exchanging disc: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 493.1. Subject matter wherein said element is provided with an elongated hole therein, through which hole the component may be removed from the key* cap and through which hole the same or another component may be inserted onto the key cap. | |
494 | .. Having raised or recessed character: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 490. Subject matter wherein said key* cap is provided with an indicium representing the character* symbol that will be imprinted on the record-medium* when a key element bearing said key cap is pressed, which indicium projects above the top surface of the key cap or is formed as a groove in the top surface of the key cap. | |
495 | .. Including means for mounting key cap or key stem: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 490. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the manner of connecting said key* cap or said key stem to the key lever that is moved when a key element is pressed. | |
495.1 | ... By spring means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 495. Subject matter wherein the connection between said key* cap or key includes a yieldable or resilient member. | |
496 | . Key lever or space-bar mounting structure (e.g., dust guard, buffer, pivot, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 472. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a fulcrumed
bar that is moved by pressing of a key* element or a space-bar* element on
a key-board* element on a key-board*, or to the
fulcrum of said bar, or to structure that serves to protect said
fulcrum from the intrusion of foreign matter to said fulcrum or
to a component that serves to support or stop the movement of said
fulcrumed bar.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
497 | WITH CONTROL OF "CARBON PAPER" FOR TYPING PLURAL SIMULTANEOUS COPIES BY SINGLE IMPRESSION (E.G., ON "MANIFOLD SET"): |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein one typewriter, using one set of
key* elements and one type-set-assemblage*, types
one "original copy" and at least one "carbon
copy", the carbon copy being produced by use of "carbon
paper" adjacent to the carbon copy, and wherein significance
is attributed to the use of, movement of, or position of, carbon
paper in the typing of the carbon copy.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||||||||||||
498 | . Including prevention of full imprint on "carbon copy" record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 497. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the interposition of a shield or barrier between said carbon paper and said carbon copy at selected portions of a print-line*, whereby said selected portions will not be imprinted on the carbon copy. | |
499 | . On record-medium wound around platen together with carbon paper: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 497. Subject matter wherein one record-medium* for said
original copy, and at least one record-medium for said carbon copy,
and at least one of said carbon papers is interleaved as a manifold
set, and said manifold set is coiled around the platen* in
plural convolutions as typing on the record-medium progresses.
| |||
500 | . With means for causing slack in web of manifold set: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 497. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is to type on a manifold
set comprising a plurality of webs of record-medium* material
and at least one web or sheet of carbon paper interleaved with the
record-medium, webs, the assemblage being under tension as a result
of being fed through the typewriter by the platen*, and wherein
the tension in the assemblage is relieved whereby accurate feeding
is accomplished.
| |||
501 | .. By arcuate movement of carbon paper carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Subject matter wherein said webs or sheets of carbon paper are supported by or mounted on a member, which member is oscillated while in contact with the webs or sheets whereby to relieve the tension in said webs or sheets and said assemblage. | |
502 | .. By clamp on carbon paper carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Subject matter wherein said webs or sheets of carbon paper are supported by or mounted on a member, which member includes means for firmly gripping said webs or sheets and moving them relative to the typewriter whereby to relieve the tension in said webs or sheets and said assemblage. | |
503 | . By use of other than rectangular sheet carbon paper (e.g., disc, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 497. Subject matter wherein said carbon paper is configured to
have a shape that is not a sheet of determinate length and determinate
width or not a web of indeterminate length and determinate width.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
504 | .. Endless-band carbon paper: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 503. Subject matter wherein said carbon paper is configured as a closed-loop strip of material having a determinate width, but the length of which is interminable due to its closed-loop configuration. | |
505 | . By multicolor carbon paper: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 497. Subject matter wherein said carbon paper is formed having a plurality of colors or pigments thereon, whereby the carbon copy imprinted therewith may have character* symbols imprinted in selected colors. | |
506 | . With means to prevent creep (e.g., relative movement) between record-media: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 497. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means in the typewriter for ensuring that a record-medium* piece for a carbon copy will be fed through the typewriter at the platen* at exactly the same feed rate as a record-medium piece for an original copy. | |
507 | . Including means for creep feed of carbon paper: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 497. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means for ensuring that said carbon paper will be fed through the typewriter at the platen* at a rate of feed less than the feed rate of the record-medium* for an original copy or the feed rate of the record-medium for a carbon copy. | |
508 | . Including spool or support for roll of carbon paper: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 497. Subject matter wherein said carbon paper is in the form of a web (i.e., indeterminate length) of material that is coiled in convolutions on a reel, and wherein significance is attributed to said reel or to means for mounting the reel on the typewriter. | |
509 | .. Including a flat roll or core therefor: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 508. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the configuration of the coiled convolutions being compressed in a first diametral dimension and expanded in a second diametral dimension at right angles to the first dimension, or wherein significance is attributed to a reel on which a coil of said configuration has been wound. | |
510 | .. And guide for changing feed direction: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 508. Subject matter wherein said carbon paper is advanced from the wound roll to a platen* where the carbon paper is used, the carbon paper being advanced along a path that is not a straight line, and wherein significance is attributed to a member which ensures that the carbon paper will follow the bends of the path along which the carbon paper advances. | |
510.1 | ... Spool support shiftable to and from platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 510. Subject matter wherein the wound roll of said carbon paper is mounted on a reel that may be moved toward the platen* or moved away from the platen. | |
511 | .. Feed mechanism for feed from roll of carbon paper: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 503. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with means for advancing said carbon paper from a wound roll thereof to a platen* where the carbon paper is used. | |
511.1 | ... Responsive to return of carriage: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 511. Subject matter wherein the carriage* of a typewriter is moved from a location at which the last character* of a print-line* has been imprinted to a location at which the first character of a succeeding print-line is to be imprinted, and wherein significance is attributed to said advancing of said carbon paper under control of said carriage movement. | |
511.2 | ... With retraction of carbon paper for reuse thereof (e.g., by slidable carrier): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 511. Subject matter wherein said carbon paper is advanced from
a wound roll in a first direction toward the platen* for
use in typing carbon copies, and wherein said carbon paper is drawn back
in a second direction opposite to the first direction so that the
carbon paper may be used again in a subsequent typing operation
while it is advanced in the first direction for use in typing carbon
copies.
| |||
511.3 | .... Carbon paper rewound for retraction: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 511.2. Subject matter wherein said carbon paper that is drawn back in the second direction is coiled again onto the same coil from which it was unwound during the advancement in the first direction. | |
511.4 | ..... By driving carbon paper roll directly from platen (e.g., by endless band): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 511.3. Subject matter wherein the force required to coil said carbon paper is taken from the platen* which is rotated during operation of the typewriter. | |
512 | .. And support for roll of record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 508. Subject matter wherein the record-medium* that
is to be typed on is also in the form of a web (i.e., indeterminate
length) of material that is coiled in convolutions on a reel mounted
on the typewriter.
| |||
513 | . Including relative movement between carbon paper and record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 497. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with means for moving the record-medium* and with means for moving said carbon paper, and wherein significance is attributed to mechanism that causes the carbon paper to move at a rate of movement different from that of the record-medium or in a different direction, whereby the carbon paper and the record-medium are moved with respect to each other. | |
514 | .. Including positioning of auxiliary record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 513. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is normally used to
type on a manifold set that comprises a record-medium* and
at least one piece of carbon paper and at least one other record-medium,
and wherein significance is attributed to the insertion into the
typewriter of an additional record-medium for typing thereon.
| |||
515 | .. Including front insertion of carbon paper or record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 513. Subject matter wherein either said carbon paper or the record-medium* is
fed into the typewriter by guiding the leading edge of a piece of
carbon paper or record-medium directly between the platen* and
the print-point* of the typewriter via structure that is positioned
between the platen and the typist.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
516 | .. By simultaneously advancing record-medium and retracting carbon paper: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 513. Subject matter wherein the record-medium* is moved
in a direction to line-space* the record-medium, and said
carbon paper is moved in the opposite direction at the same time,
both movements occurring after typing of one page* of text
and before typing on a subsequent page of text.
| |||
517 | .. By means to arrest advance of carbon paper: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 513. Subject matter wherein the record-medium* is moved
in a direction to line-space* the record-medium, and wherein
the relative movement between the record-medium and said carbon paper
is effected by means for preventing the carbon paper from moving,
the relative movement occurring after the typing of one page* of text
and before typing on a subsequent page of text.
| |||
518 | .. Carbon paper carrier(s) respositionable relative to platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 513. Subject matter wherein said carbon paper is held to and
moved by a member (i.e., a carrier) that is movable on the typewriter
with respect to the platen* thereof.
| |||
518.1 | ... Plural carriers disposed side-by-side for selective use singly or simultaneously: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 518. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with two or more of said carriers, and wherein each of said carriers is mounted on the typewriter for movement with respect to the platen* along a path, and the path for each of the carriers is parallel one to the others, whereby any of the carriers is movable along its own path individually or any of the carriers are movable together or at the same time. | |
518.2 | ... Plural carriers for serial retraction of plural carbon papers: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 518. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with two
or more of said carriers, and wherein each of said carriers is movable
with respect to the platen* in a return direction opposite
to the line-space* direction of the record-medium*,
and wherein the carriers are moved in said return direction one
by one in sequence.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
518.3 | ... With means to imprint selectively on one or more media (e.g., by holding selected media away from print-line): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 518. Subject matter wherein a typewriter normally is used to
type an original copy and several carbon copies simultaneously,
and wherein a typist is enabled to type one or more character* symbols
on one or more of the copies without typing those character symbols
on the other copies.
| |||
518.4 | ... Including retraction of carbon paper and record-medium and subsequent advance of record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 518. Subject matter wherein said carbon paper and the record-medium* is
moved on the typewriter with respect to the platen* thereof
in a return direction that is opposite to the line-space* direction
of the record-medium, and wherein the record-medium is then moved
in the line-space direction.
| |||
519 | ... Carbon paper carrier movable rectilinearly: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 518. Subject matter wherein said carrier for said carbon paper
is movable along a straight line.
| |||
519.1 | .... With means to hold record-medium against retraction: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 519. Subject matter wherein said carbon paper carrier is moved in a return direction that is opposite to the line-space* direction of the record-medium*, and wherein the typewriter is provided with means to ensure that the record-medium will not move in said return direction as the carbon paper moves in that direction. | |
519.2 | .... Including means to reduce binding of carbon paper during retraction: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 519. Subject matter wherein said carbon paper carrier is moved
with respect to the platen* in a return direction opposite
to the line-space* direction of the record-medium*,
and wherein a tendency for the carbon paper to stick to the record-medium,
is lessened.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
519.3 | ..... Including lifting of platen for retraction of carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 519.2. Subject matter wherein the original copy and the manifold set(s) of carbon paper and carbon copy record-medium* are normally disposed to be fed from the rear of the platen*, underneath the platen, and to the front of the platen to the print-point*, and wherein the platen is raised from its normal position to a position above and clear of its normal position to enable the carbon paper carrier (and the carbon paper held thereby) to be moved in said return direction. | |
519.4 | ..... With guard over settable parts (e.g., denominational jacks, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 519.2. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a structure
on the typewriter that serves to protect various movable components
from being moved unintentionally as the platen* is lifted.
| |||
519.5 | ..... With relative movement between record media (e.g., for condensed-billing, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 519.2. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to movement
of one record-medium* with respect to another record-medium,
this movement being in addition to the movement of one or more carbon
papers with respect to the record-medium.
| |||
519.6 | .... With support or guiding or positive-driving structure for carrier (e.g., table, adjustable stop, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 519. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means for mounting said carrier for said carbon paper, or to means for restraining said carrier for movement along its intended line of movement, or to means for effecting movement of the carrier as the platen* is incrementally rotated. | |
519.7 | ... Carbon paper carrier on endless member: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 518. Subject matter wherein said carrier for said carbon paper
is moved by a component that is trained around two or more pulleys
and is in the form of a closed-loop band.
| |||
520 | . Carbon paper holder (e.g., loading board, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 497. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a means for supporting one or more pieces of said carbon paper, or to means for enabling a typist to associate carbon paper with record-medium* pieces or align a set of associated pieces with the typewriter for proper subsequent feed of the pieces to the platen*. | |
521 | FOR TYPING ON CARD IN CARD HOLDER: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
provided with means for supporting or retaining a relatively stiff piece
of record-medium* material while the typewriter is being
used to imprint character* symbols on the record-medium.
| |||
522 | . Flexible holder fed around platen with single card: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 521. Subject matter wherein the retaining means comprises a sheet
of material into which or onto which one record-medium* card
is temporarily secured so that during typing no relative movement
occurs between the record-medium and the retaining means, which
retaining means is sufficiently bendable to be partially wrapped
around a cylindrical platen* together with the record-medium
secured thereto, whereby both the retaining means and the record-medium
are moved in line-space* increments during typing on the
record-medium.
| |||
523 | . On card pierced or indented to aid holding: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 521. Subject matter wherein the retaining means has projections thereon that enter into, or cause the formation of, holes or depressions in the surface of the record-medium* card, whereby the card is more securely retained by the retaining means. | |
524 | . Holder movable responsive to case-shift: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 521. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a case-shift* mechanism having relatively movable parts, and wherein the retaining means is moved when the case-shift parts are moved. | |
525 | . Card holder carried by platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 521. Subject matter wherein the retaining means is supported by the platen* of the typewriter for movement therewith. | |
526 | .. And actuated in response to platen rotation: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 525. Subject matter wherein the platen* is incrementally turned for line-space* movements during operation of the typewriter, and wherein the retaining means includes a device for contacting the record-medium* card and holding the card to the retaining means, which device moves toward the card for holding thereof as the platen starts its turning movement. | |
527 | .. With platen surface modified for card: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 525. Subject matter wherein the platen* of the typewriter is a cylinder having a periphery that is altered from a circular periphery, the alteration being made for the purpose of accommodating the record-medium* card or the retaining means for the card. | |
527.1 | ... Including card gripper on platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 527. Subject matter wherein the alteration is made for the purpose
of accommodating a device that is movable to closely contact the
card and hold it to the platen*.
| |||
527.2 | ... Including axially extending slot or hollow in platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 527. Subject matter wherein the alteration is a narrow elongated groove in the periphery of the platen*, or is a cavity in the platen, which groove or cavity is parallel to the axis of rotation of the platen. | |
528 | .. Holder attached via detachable arms at ends of platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 525. Subject matter wherein the retaining means is supported by the platen* by way of members that are located at opposite extremities of the platen, which members are removable from and replaceable on the platen. | |
529 | .. Holder attached via pins on holder or via adhesive attachment: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 525. Subject matter wherein the retaining means is supported by the platen* by way of projections on said retaining means that interfit into depressions on or in the surface of the platen, or wherein the retaining means is supported by the platen* by way of a device that adheres said retaining means to the surface of the platen. | |
530 | .. Holder attached via element (e.g., band) gripping platen periphery: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 525. Subject matter wherein the retaining means is supported by the platen* by way of a member that has frictional (i.e., nonslidable) contact with the circumferential surface of the platen, or wherein said member extends around the entire circumference of the platen. | |
531 | . Including line-spacing of holder or card: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 521. Subject matter wherein the record-medium* card
is moved by the retaining means in a direction to feed the card
in line-space* distances to enable imprint of successive
print-line* rows.
| |||
532 | .. Variable line spacing (e.g., platen creep): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 531. Subject matter wherein the distance that the retaining means
moves between successive print-line* rows is changed.
| |||
533 | .. In a curvilinear path: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 531. Subject matter wherein the retaining means is moved with the record-medium* card thereon along a line that is continuously bending and without angles. | |
534 | .. By pinion and rack: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 531. Subject matter wherein the retaining means is moved with the record-medium* card thereon by way of two members, one member being a toothed wheel or disc that is rotated and the other member being a toothed, elongated bar that is connected to the retaining means, and wherein the teeth of the two members intermesh, whereby the rotation of the toothed wheel effects movement of the toothed bar and the retaining means. | |
535 | . Including support engaging bottom edge of card: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 521. Subject matter wherein the means for retaining the record-medium* cards includes a member having an upwardly oriented surface, which surface is used as a rest for the lowermost edge of a vertically upstanding card. | |
536 | . Card holder mounted on typewriter frame: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 521. Subject matter wherein the retaining means is supported
by a stationary portion of the typewriter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
537 | .. Including means enabling movement of card relative to holder: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 536. Subject matter wherein the retaining means includes a device that causes the record-medium* card to be moved with respect to the retaining means. | |
538 | .. Transparent card holder: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 536. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a retaining means that is made of a material through which light may pass, whereby a typist is enabled to see the print-line* on the record-medium* as the character* symbols are being imprinted. | |
539 | .. Including finger movable away from holding position: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 536. Subject matter wherein the retaining means includes a member that tends to urge the record-medium* card against the surface of the platen*, which member may be moved away from the platen to a location at which it does not urge the card to the platen. | |
540 | ... Spring urged to holding position: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 539. Subject matter wherein the retaining means includes a yieldable
element that provides the force to urge the record-medium* card
against the surface of the platen*.
| |||
541 | . Including a feed-roller: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 521. Subject matter wherein the retaining means includes a feed-roller* that cooperates with the platen* to feed a record-medium* card. | |
542 | . Card holder mounted on platen-carriage frame: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 521. Subject matter wherein the retaining means is supported
on the structure that also supports a carriage* that moves
a platen* relative to the typewriter.
| |||
543 | . Including gripper or means urging card against platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 521. Subject matter wherein the retaining means includes two
members, each of which members has a surface that faces the surface
of the other member, and wherein the surfaces are spaced apart a
distance corresponding to one of the dimensions of the record-medium* card, whereby
the card will fit between and be held by the two surfaces, or wherein
the retaining means includes a member that tends to urge the record-medium
card against the surface of the platen*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
544 | . Backing for stencil cutting (e.g., celluloid strip, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 521. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a retaining
means that holds a record-medium* card, or to a protecting
means that protects the platen* from damage by the impacting
type-face* elements while the typewriter is being used
for cutting a stencil.
| |||
545 | FOR LINE-SPACING BY INCREMENTAL ROTATION OF PLATEN: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with a cylindrical
platen* and wherein significance is attributed to the turning of
said platen in step by step manner to effect line-space* distances
to a piece of record-medium* that is held to and backed
by said platen.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
546 | . To facilitate condensed-billing (i.e., by determining a desired limit or amount of retrograde or advance platen movement): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a typewriter
that is capable of performing a condensed-billing* operation
by regulating the increments (i.e., the step by step turning movements)
of rotation of the platen* that cause the record-medium* to
move in a line-space* direction and regulating increments of
rotation of the platen that cause the record-medium to move in a
direction opposite to the line-space direction.
| |||
547 | .. Including stop structure (e.g., traveling stop, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Subject matter wherein the incremental rotation of the platen* is regulated by the contact of one movable abutment with another stationary abutment, one of said abutments being on or connected to the platen and the other of said abutments being on or connected to the typewriter frame, whereby the platen rotation is positively halted by such contact. | |
547.1 | ... For arresting platen at limit of both retrograde and advance movement: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 547. Subject matter wherein the incremental rotation of the platen* in
a direction that causes record-medium* movement in a line-space* direction
is halted by contact of a movable and a stationary abutment, and
wherein platen rotation in an opposite direction is also halted
by contact of a movable and a stationary abutment.
| |||
547.2 | .... By stop travelling in a rectilinear path: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 547.1. Subject matter wherein the movable abutment is displaced along a straight line. | |
547.3 | .... By lever or push-rod drive for platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 547.1. Subject matter wherein the rotation of the platen* in both of said directions is caused by a movable arm that is moved to-and-fro with reciprocatory or oscillatory movement, the movement of the arm in both directions being limited by contact of said abutments to correspond the arm movement to a desired degree of rotation of the platen in either direction. | |
547.4 | ..... Via gear drive: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 547.3. Subject matter wherein the movable arm is connected to the platen* by way of intermeshed coacting rotatable toothed members. | |
547.5 | ...... Including lever on axis transverse to platen axis: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 547.4. Subject matter wherein the platen* rotates about a first axis that extends lengthwise thereof, and wherein said movable arm oscillates about a second axis that extends at right angles to said first axis. | |
547.6 | ...... Including relatively adjustable coaxial gear segments: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 547.4. Subject matter wherein the connection of the movable arm to the platen* includes a rotatable toothed wheel coacting with an assemblage of toothed members, which assemblage comprises a plurality of toothed elements, each element being an arcuate portion of a toothed wheel, the elements being disposed side by side to rotate about a common axis and being repositionable one with respect to the other(s) about the common axis so as to vary the peripheral extent of the teeth of the assemblage that coacts with the rotatable toothed wheel, whereby the number of teeth of the assemblage that is in mesh with the toothed wheel may be varied to vary the platen rotation. | |
547.7 | ..... Via pawl and ratchet wheel drive: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 547.3. Subject matter wherein the movable arm is connected to the platen* by way of a pawl* joined to the movable arm and a ratchet* in the form of a disc joined to the platen. | |
547.8 | ...... With spring motor: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 547.7. Subject matter wherein said ratchet* is joined to
the platen* by way of a resilient component, a portion
of which component is moved to tension the component, and another
portion of which component is moved by the tension in the component
to rotate the platen.
| |||
548 | .. With graduated scale (e.g., on drum periphery): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a
device that facilitates the positioning of the condensed-billing* record-medium*, which
device includes a measuring instrument calibrated in units that
indicate the extent to which the platen* should be rotated
in either direction of its rotation to correspond to the desired
location of said record-medium.
| |||
549 | . Actuated by key on key-board: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with mechanism
to effect incremental rotation of the platen* in response
to a depression of a key* on the key-board* of
the typewriter.
| |||
550 | . For multi-incremental rotation (e.g., "platen sweep"): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with mechanism
to effect a plurality of increments of rotation greater than three
such increments in one stroke of an actuating lever.
| |||
551 | . For line-spacing in forward or reverse direction: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with mechanism for effecting line-space* distances to a piece of record-medium* in the usual direction of record-medium feed or in a direction opposite to said usual direction. | |
552 | . With "floating" platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a
platen* that is supported in its typing position solely
by platen-supporting rollers underlying the platen, and wherein
incremental rotation of the platen is effected by incrementally
rotating said platen-supporting rollers that are in frictional contact
with the platen.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
553 | . Via line-space/carriage-feed-release actuator: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to structure
on the typewriter that performs the following operations substantially concurrently:
(a) the platen* is caused to be turned through one or
more increments, and (b) the carriage* is enabled to be
moved in a carriage-return direction opposite to the character-space* direction,
and (c) the structure that normally engages a portion of the carriage
to move the carriage in the character-space direction is temporarily
disengaged, whereby the carriage-return movement is made relatively
quiet.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
554 | . For facilitating even wear of platen surface (e.g., by irregular increments, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
movement or adjustment of a platen* for the prevention
of damage or deterioration to the platen by reason of the repeated impacting
of type-face* elements on the same locations on the surface
of the platen.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
555 | . By irregular increments of platen rotation (e.g., for adjustment of platen relative to its actuator, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a
first mechanism for effecting normal increments of platen* rotation
that correspond to normal line-space* distances for the
feeding of record-medium* between successive print-line* rows,
and wherein significance is attributed to a second mechanism that effects
or enables rotation of the platen in other than normal increments
that correspond to other than normal line-space distances for irregular
feeding of record-medium.
| |||
556 | .. Including disconnecting ratchet wheel from platen (e.g., declutching ratchet, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 555. Subject matter wherein said first mechanism for effecting normal increments of platen* rotation includes a ratchet* in the form of a disc or wheel that is joined to or engaged with the platen, and wherein said second mechanism for effecting other than normal increments unjoins or disengages the ratchet from the platen, thereby enabling rotation of the platen relative to its ratchet. | |
556.1 | ... Via relatively displaceable pin and slot members: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 556. Subject matter wherein the ratchet* wheel and the platen* (i.e., the two components referred to below in this definition) are normally joined or engaged by way of at least one projection on one of said components that interfits with at least one aperture on the other of said components, and wherein the unjoining or disengaging occurs by moving the projection to disengage it from the aperture. | |
556.2 | ... Via toothed ring and locking member(s): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 556. Subject matter wherein the ratchet* wheel and the platen* (i.e., the two components referred to below in this definition) are normally joined or engaged by way of a first member on one of said components and a second member on the other of said components, which first member has notches extending along an arc and which second member is a projection that interfits with one of the notches in the first member, and wherein the unjoining or disengaging occurs by moving the two said members apart. | |
556.3 | .... Including pivotable locking member(s): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 556.2. Subject matter wherein said second member (i.e., the projection) is mounted to swing to-and-fro about an axis, thus enabling the projection to move in an arc of a circle. | |
556.4 | .... Including radially displaceable locking member(s): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 556.2. Subject matter wherein said second member (i.e., the projection) is mounted to move along a line that is a radius of the arc along which the notches of said first member extend. | |
557 | ... Via ball or roller clutching member(s): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 556. Subject matter wherein the ratchet* wheel and the platen* (i.e., the two components referred to below in this definition) are normally joined or engaged by way of a spherical or cylindrical member, the surface of which member frictionally engages a surface of each of said two components, and wherein the unjoining or disengaging occurs by moving the surface of the member away from a surface of either or both components. | |
558 | ... Via binding jaws gripping annular flange between jaws: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 556. Subject matter wherein the ratchet* wheel and the platen* (i.e., the two components referred to below in this definition) are normally joined or engaged by way of a first member which is on one of said components and is a radially projecting rim or ring having parallel radial faces on opposite sides of the rim, and a second member which is on the other of said components and includes two parts that straddle the rim of the first member, the two parts of the second member being movable toward each other with the rim therebetween to frictionally engage the radial faces of the first member, and wherein the unjoining or disengaging occurs by moving the parts of the second member away from each other and the corresponding radial faces of the first member. | |
559 | ... Via friction plate members engageable by axial displacement (e.g., pressure plate, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 556. Subject matter wherein the ratchet* wheel and the platen* (i.e., the two components referred to below in this definition) are normally joined or engaged by way of a first member connected to one of the components and a second member connected to the other of the components, both of which components and both of which members are rotatable on a common axis, and wherein said members are positioned one relative to the other so that a substantially radial surface of one member faces a substantially radial surface of the other member and one member is movable relative to the other along the common axis, whereby movement of one member toward the other into nonslidable contact with the other effects joining or engagement of the members and of the components connected thereto for normal incremental rotation of the platen by the ratchet*, and movement of one member away from the other effects unjoining or disengagement of the members. | |
559.1 | .... Friction members have cooperating conical surfaces: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 559. Subject matter wherein the substantially radial surface of each of said members is modified so that the surface of one member is like the exterior surface of a cone and the surface of the other member is like the interior surface of a cone, the facing surfaces of the members corresponding one to the other. | |
560 | ... Via frictional engagement of periphery of cylindrical member: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 556. Subject matter wherein the ratchet* wheel and the platen* (i.e., the two components referred to below in this definition) are normally joined or engaged by way of a first member connected to one of the components and a second member connected to the other of the components, which first member has a cylindrical circumferential surface and which second member has a surface that is movable toward the circumferential surface to be in nonslidable contact therewith for normal incremental rotation of the platen, and wherein the second member is movable away from the circumferential surface for unjoining or disengaging the members. | |
560.1 | .... Friction member(s) acting on inner periphery of drum: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter wherein said first member is hollow and has an interior circumferential surface and said second member contacts said interior surface for joining or engaging the components or moves away from the interior surface for unjoining or disengaging the components. | |
560.2 | ..... Pivotable member(s): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 560.1. Subject matter wherein said second member is movable toward and away from the interior surface in a path that is an arc of a circle about an axis, the axis being a fixed or movable axis. | |
561 | ..... Expandable band or split ring: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 560.1. Subject matter wherein said second member is a circular or coiled element having a periphery that may be enlarged to conform to or mate with the interior surface of said first member to make nonslidable contact therewith, or may be diminished to unjoin or disengage the members. | |
562 | .. Including settable stops: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 555. Subject matter wherein said second mechanism includes means for rotating the platen* and two or more abutments, a first of which abutments is stationary relative to the platen and a second of which abutments is connected to the platen so that as the platen rotates the second abutment will move toward the first abutment until contact of the abutments is made and platen rotation will cease, and wherein the distance between the abutments prior to platen rotation may be varied. | |
563 | .. Including plural detents selectively engageable with ratchet wheel: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 555. Subject matter wherein said first mechanism includes a first
ratchet* in the form of a disc or wheel having teeth protruding
from a peripheral edge thereof and notches between the teeth, and
also includes a first arm having a protrusion that meshes with one
of the notches in the ratchet disc to restrain rotation of the disc,
and wherein said second mechanism includes a second arm having a
protrusion that meshes either with notches in the first ratchet disc
or with notches in a second ratchet disc, and wherein the first
arm is used for normal incremental rotation of the platen* or
the second arm is used for other than normal rotation of the platen.
| |||
564 | .. Including a drive member engageable with line-space ratchet wheel: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 555. Subject matter wherein said first mechanism for effecting normal increments of platen* rotation includes a ratchet* disc having teeth and notches on the peripheral edge thereof and being connected to the platen, a first pawl* that engages in one of the notches between the teeth and moves to rotate the platen incrementally, and a detent (i.e., an arm having a protrusion that meshes with one of the notches to restrain rotation at the incremental position), and wherein said second mechanism for effecting other than normal increments includes either (a) a second pawl that engages in one of the notches of the ratchet and moves to rotate the platen to the extent of a partial increment, or (b) and additional means to move said first pawl to the extent of a partial increment. | |
564.1 | ... Via displaceable detent: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 564. Subject matter wherein said second mechanism includes means to move said detent (i.e., of said first mechanism) while it is in mesh with one of the notches of said ratchet* disc in an arcuate path to the extent of a partial increment, thereby rotating the platen* to a similar extent. | |
565 | .. Detent-release structure: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 555. Subject matter wherein said first mechanism for effecting normal increments of platen* rotation includes a ratchet* disc having teeth and notches on the peripheral edge thereof and being connected to the platen, a pawl* that engages in one of the notches between the teeth and moves to rotate the platen incrementally, and a detent (i.e., and arm having a protrusion that meshes with one of the notches to restrain rotation at the incremental position), and wherein said second mechanism includes means for moving the protrusion of said detent out of mesh with any of the notches, and wherein significance is attributed to structure that effects or enables the movement of the detent. | |
566 | ... With friction brake for platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 565. Subject matter wherein said second mechanism also includes means for restraining rotation of the platen* while the detent is out of mesh with the notches of the ratchet* disc, which means includes a first surface on or connected to the platen and a second surface nonrotatably associated with the platen and relatively movable into nonslidable contact with the first surface to prevent platen rotation. | |
566.1 | ... With simultaneous disengagement of drive pawl: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 565. Subject matter wherein said second mechanism also includes means to move said pawl* (i.e., of said first mechanism) out of contact or engagement with any of the notches of the ratchet* disc at the same time that said detent (i.e., of said first mechanism) is out of mesh with any of the notches in the ratchet disc. | |
567 | .. Including gear (e.g., differential gear, etc.) structure: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 555. Subject matter wherein said second mechanism includes at
least two intermeshing and coacting toothed members that connect
said first mechanism with the platen*.
| |||
568 | . By electric-power drive: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Subject matter wherein the incremental rotation (i.e., step-by-step
turning) of the platen* is accomplished with the help of
force derived from electrical energy.
| |||
569 | . By gear train (e.g., including a clutch): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Subject matter wherein the incremental rotation of the platen* is
accomplished by way of a plurality of toothed members, the teeth
of which members intermesh to cause movement of one member when
another member is moved, one of said members being connected to
the platen.
| |||
570 | . By double-cam drive: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Subject matter wherein the incremental rotation of the platen* is
accomplished by way of an element or an assemblage of elements, which
element or assemblage is moved to-and-fro by two cam surfaces that
act together on the same rotating member, and which element or assemblage
is connected to the platen.
| |||
571 | . By friction drive (e.g., including regulation of increments): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Subject matter wherein the incremental rotation of the platen* is
accomplished by way of two members, each member having a surface in
nonsliding contact with the other, one of which members is connected
to the platen and the other of which members is connected to an actuator
that is moved when platen rotation is desired.
| |||
572 | . By pawl and ratchet wheel drive: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Subject matter wherein the incremental rotation of the platen* is accomplished by way of a ratchet* disc connected to the platen that is intermittently rotated step-by-step by a pawl* that is moved by an actuator when platen rotation is desired. | |
573 | .. Including rectilinearly movable pawl: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 572. Subject matter wherein the pawl* is moved to-and-fro by an actuator along a straight line to contact and rotate the ratchet* incrementally. | |
573.1 | ... And resilient drive: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 573. Subject matter wherein the actuator is connected to the pawl* or to the ratchet* by way of a yieldable connection that enables a different extent of actuator movement than is imparted to the pawl by the actuator. | |
574 | .. Including pawl carrier coaxial with ratchet wheel: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 572. Subject matter wherein the platen* is incrementally rotated about an axis that extends lengthwise of the platen, and the ratchet* disc is connected to the platen to rotate about the same axis, and wherein said actuator effects to-and-fro oscillation of a member about said axis, said pawl* being mounted on said member for corresponding oscillation of the pawl so that the pawl engages a notch of the ratchet disc at a first location relative to the typewriter and moves the ratchet and the platen through a first predetermined number of degrees of platen rotation. | |
574.1 | ... And means to regulate pawl engagement or drive: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 574. Subject matter wherein a predetermined extent of movement of the actuator effects a predetermined extent of movement of said member and the pawl* mounted thereon to move the ratchet* disc and the platen* connected thereto through a first predetermined number of degrees of platen rotation that correspond to a first predetermined number of steps of platen incremental movement, and wherein the number of steps effected by a movement of the actuator may be changed by changing the location at which said pawl engages a notch of said ratchet disc to a second location relative to the typewriter so that a second predetermined number of degrees of rotation of the platen will be caused, that will correspond to a second predetermined number of steps of platen incremental movement. | |
575 | .. Including means to regulate pawl engagement or drive: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 572. Subject matter wherein a predetermined extent of movement of the actuator effects movement of the pawl* to engage a notch in the ratchet* disc at a first location relative to the typewriter and moves the ratchet and the platen* through a first predetermined number of degrees of platen rotation that correspond to a first predetermined number of steps of platen incremental movement, and wherein the number of steps effected by movement of the actuator may be changed so that a second predetermined number of degrees of platen rotation will be caused that will correspond to a second predetermined number of steps of platen incremental movement. | |
575.1 | ... By movable ratchet-wheel shield: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 575. Subject matter wherein the change in the number of steps effected by movement of the actuator is caused by an element having a surface with which the pawl* or a portion connected thereto is in contact until the pawl is moved to said first location, which element is movable so that the pawl is in contact with the surface until the pawl is moved to a second location, at which second location the pawl will engage a notch in the ratchet* disc to effect a second predetermined number of steps of platen incremental movement. | |
575.2 | ... By stop adjustable to limit movement of actuator: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 575. Subject matter wherein the extent of movement of the actuator is predetermined by an abutment that is contacted by the actuator at the end of its movement, and wherein the change in the number of steps effected by movement of the actuator is caused by changing the position of the abutment relative to the actuator. | |
576 | . Via foldable line-space actuator: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to an actuator for effecting the step-by-step increments of platen* rotation, which actuator includes an elongated bar that is moved by the hand of a typist when incremental platen rotation is desired, the bar being formed of at least two pieces hinged together so that the bar may be extended to the length of the pieces or may be doubled, one alongside another, to occupy a lesser length, or the bar being hinged at its mounting so that the bar may be placed into operative position or placed into an inoperative position where it may be stored in a compact relationship with the typewriter. | |
577 | . With means to prevent reverse rotation or ensure full increment (e.g., for "backlash" prevention): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Subject matter wherein the platen* normally rotates incrementally in a first direction, and wherein significance is attributed to a device that stops the platen from rotating in a direction opposite to said first direction, or wherein significance is attributed to a means for making sure that each step of platen rotation is a complete step. | |
578 | SHEET OR WEB (E.G., RECORD-MEDIUM) FEEDING MECHANISM: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to movement
of a record-medium* relative to a typewriter, which relative
movement is necessary for typing a print-line* and occurs
in a direction generally coinciding with the direction in which
line-space* movement occurs, or wherein significance is
attributed to structure which facilitates, or contributes to, or enables
said record- medium movement.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||||||||||
579 | . Including skew correction responsive to position of sheet or web: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 578. Subject matter wherein a piece of record-medium* is
intended to be moved in a direction parallel to one of the side
edges of the piece, the movement being caused by a record-medium
feed means, and wherein the action of said feed means is regulated
so that if there is a tendency for the record-medium to move sidewise
or other than in the intended direction, the feed means will be
adjusted to overcome the tendency, the adjustment being made as
a result of a sensing of the tendency toward sidewise movement.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
580 | . Including forming indicia on record-medium during typing to find next line to be typed: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 578. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to (a)
the imprinting or formation of a mark on the record-medium* while
a print-line* is being typed thereon, and (b) the use of said
mark during a subsequent reinsertion of the record-medium into the
typewriter, the mark effecting the stopping of the feed of the reinserted
record-medium in a position proper for the imprinting of a new print-line.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
581 | .. To find last-produced slit or hole or notch in sheet: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 580. Subject matter wherein the record-medium* is in sheet form and said mark on the sheet is formed thereon by (a) piercing the sheet without removing material therefrom, or by (b) perforating the sheet through both opposite surfaces thereof, or by (c) cutting out a portion of the edge of the sheet, and wherein any of the marks described is made concurrently with the typing of the print-line* that is to be used as a reference location of a new print-line that the typist wishes to type. | |
582 | . Including programmed-control-system for record-medium feed (e.g., on auxiliary record): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 578. Subject matter wherein a programmed-control-system* is
used for giving instructions to which the typewriter responds in
moving a record-medium* in a direction coinciding with the
direction in which line-space* movement occurs.
| |||
583 | .. For web record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 582. Subject matter wherein the record-medium* is a piece of material having indeterminate length. | |
583.1 | ... Program on auxiliary-record tape: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 583. Subject matter wherein the instructions are on an elongated, relatively narrow strip of material that is supplementary to the record-medium*. | |
583.2 | ... Program is indicia on rotatable disc or drum: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 583. Subject matter wherein the instructions are markings or
openings or projections in or on a platelike or cylindrical member
that turns about its own axis.
| |||
583.3 | ... Program is indicia on record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 583. Subject matter wherein the instructions are markings or
openings on the record-medium* itself.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
583.4 | ... Including plural speed record-medium feed: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 583. Subject matter wherein provision is made for moving the record-medium* at one velocity or at a different velocity. | |
584 | . Including feed of plural record-media arranged side-by-side (e.g., fed independently of platen): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 578. Subject matter wherein movement of at least two record-medium* pieces
occurs, and wherein the pieces are placed so that a side edge of
one piece is adjacent to an opposite side edge of another piece,
or wherein one of the record-medium pieces is moved by structure
other than the platen*.
| |||||
585 | .. By divided platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 584. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with at
least two platen* elements for supporting or backing a
corresponding number of record-medium* pieces, which platen
elements are coaxial one with the other(s).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
585.1 | ... With positive clutch for simultaneous rotation of platen sections: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 585. Subject matter wherein the plurality of platen* elements
are connected one with the other(s) by means that enables one to
be disconnected from the other(s) or enables one to be connected
to the other(s) whereby all the elements may turn at the same time.
| |||
586 | . Including feed of tally strip record-medium (e.g., plural tally strips): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 578. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
movement of a tally strip relative to the typewriter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
587 | .. And feed of endless transfer-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 586. Subject matter wherein a transfer-medium* is also moved relative to the typewriter, which transfer-medium is in the form of a closed-loop band, and is for use with a tally strip. | |
588 | .. On plural-platen (e.g., divided platen) typewriter: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 586. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with at
least two platen* elements.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
589 | .. With locking or interlocking mechanism (e.g., line lock, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 586. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with locking
mechanism or with interlocking mechanism.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
590 | .. Including feed varied for amount of tally strip on spool: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 586. Subject matter wherein the tally strip is an elongated tape
wound onto a reel and wherein the distance that the tally strip
is moved for feeding thereof is dependent upon the diameter of the
wound reel of tally strip.
| |||
591 | .. Including tally-strip feed transverse to feed of main record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 586. Subject matter wherein the direction of movement of the tally strip is in a direction that is perpendicular to the direction of movement of the primary-record-medium* in the typewriter. | |
592 | .. Including feed independent of platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 586. Subject matter wherein the movement of the tally strip relative to the typewriter is effected by a mechanism other than the platen* of the typewriter. | |
593 | .. With cutting or spring tensioning of tally strip: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 586. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with means for severing a portion of the tally strip from the supply of tally strip, or wherein the tally strip is tautened during its movement by a yieldable element contacting the tally strip, or wherein the tally strip is wound on a supply spool or a takeup spool and the tally strip is tautened by a yieldable element cooperating with either of said spools. | |
594 | .. Including structure or mounting or adjustment of tally-strip roll: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 586. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a wound reel of tally-strip material, or to a support for a wound reel of tally-strip material, or wherein the typewriter is provided with a carriage* that supports a platen*, and wherein the support for the wound reel of tally-strip material is carried by the typewriter or by a typewriter portion other than the carriage, or wherein the support for the wound reel of tally-strip material is provided with means for varying the position of the wound reel relative to the typewriter. | |
594.1 | ... And roll for transfer-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 594. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is also provided with a wound reel of transfer-medium* material and a support for the wound reel of tally-strip material. | |
595 | . Including insertion of sheet from front of platen (e.g., for "condensed-billing", via sheet guide, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 578. Subject matter wherein movement of a record-medium* sheet
occurs, and wherein a sheet is fed into the typewriter by guiding
the leading edge of a sheet directly between the platen* and
the print-point* via structure that is positioned between
the platen and the typist.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||||
596 | .. Including feed responsive to presence of sheet: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 595. Subject matter wherein the movement of the record-medium* sheet
occurs as a result of inserting the sheet into the typewriter to
a predetermined point in the typewriter.
| |||
597 | .. With subsequent line-spacing independent of platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 595. Subject matter wherein movement of a record-medium* sheet occurs in a line-space* direction, said movement being caused by mechanism other than the platen* of the typewriter. | |
598 | .. With digitally selected, typewriter-actuated feed to selected line to be typed (e.g., via "dialing disc", etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 595. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a
mechanism that causes movement of the record-medium* sheet
for any of a plurality of determinate distances to a determinate position
relative to the typewriter, the position being that at which the
typist desires to imprint a print-line*, which mechanism
includes a movable component (or components) bearing indicia thereon
representing said distances, which component is moved by the typist
in accordance with the desired distance, the movement of the component
effecting the movement of the sheet to the determinate position.
| |||
599 | .. Insertion of sheet relative to other record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 595. Subject matter wherein said record-medium* sheet is fed into the typewriter and into relationship with another record-medium. | |
599.1 | ... With sheet associating attachment (e.g., collating-table, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 599. Subject matter wherein a support fixed to the typewriter
is used to bring the record-medium* sheet into relationship
with the other record-medium.
| |||
600 | .. Via feed throat having gate (e.g. actuated by power, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 595. Subject matter wherein a record-medium* sheet is
led into the typewriter by way of a passageway that includes a movable
barrier, which barrier may be positioned so that it prevents movement
of the sheet or may be positioned so that it enables movement of
the sheet into the typewriter.
| |||
600.1 | ... With platen repositioned for sheet insertion: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 600. Subject matter wherein the platen* of the typewriter
is movable to a position at which it enables movement of the record-medium* sheet
into contact with the platen.
| |||
600.2 | ... With feed-roller repositioned for sheet insertion: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 600. Subject matter wherein the platen* cooperates with
a feed-roller* to feed a record-medium* sheet,
which feed-roller is movable to a position at which it enables movement
of the sheet into proper location relative to the platen.
| |||
600.3 | .... And sheet feed by additional feed-roller couple: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 600.2. Subject matter wherein feed movement of a record-medium* sheet is assisted by a feed-roller*, cooperating with another feed roller, the two cooperating feed-rollers forming a roller couple that is added to the feed-roller of subclass 600.2. | |
600.4 | .... Coincident to pivoting of sheet guide: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 600.2. Subject matter wherein a record-medium* sheet is
led into the typewriter by way of a passageway that is movable in
an arc, and wherein the movement of the passageway is concurrent with
the movement of said feed-roller.
| |||
601 | .. With laterally movable sheet holder (e.g., having concurrent feed movement): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 595. Subject matter wherein a record-medium* sheet is carried or supported for feeding movement by a guide member, which member is movable in a direction substantially perpendicular to the direction of sheet feed, or wherein the guide member is also movable with the sheet in a sheet-feeding direction, such movement occurring at the same time as the perpendicular movement. | |
602 | .. With sheet ejector: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 595. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is also provided with means to remove a record-medium* sheet from the typewriter. | |
603 | .. Via chute(s) or feed-roller couple (e.g., plural chutes): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 595. Subject matter wherein a record-medium* is led
into the typewriter by way of a member that extends in the direction
of sheet feed and at least partly surrounds the width and thickness dimensions
of the sheet, or wherein feed movement of a record-medium sheet
is caused by a feed-roller* cooperating with another feed-roller,
the two cooperating feed-rollers forming a roller couple.
| |||||
603.1 | ... Pivotable chute: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 603. Subject matter wherein said member is mounted to be oscillatable in an arc. | |
604 | .. Attachment to typewriter for converting to condensed-billing operation: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 595. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a structure that may be affixed to or removed from a typewriter, which structure enables the typewriter to be used for condensed-billing* if so desired by a typist. | |
605 | . For feeding plural record-media concurrently or selectively: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 578. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means
associated with a typewriter for moving two or more record-medium* pieces, either
all of the pieces at the same time or one of the pieces relative
to the other(s) in a manner as desired by a typist or other operator.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||||
606 | .. Plural webs superimposed and aligned to each other during typing: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 605. Subject matter wherein two or more webs or record-medium* are
positioned in a surface-to-surface relationship (i.e., a top surface
of one web adjacent to a bottom surface of another web) and the
webs are further positioned so that their corresponding side edges
are located adjacent to one another or so that a particular indicium
that occurs along the length dimension of one web is located adjacent
to a corresponding indicium that occurs along the length dimension
of another web that is in a surface-to-surface relationship therewith.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
607 | .. Including movement of one record-medium relative to another: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 605. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the movement of a sheet or web of record-medium* with respect to a second sheet or web of record-medium. | |
607.1 | ... In lateral direction (e.g., lateral shift of web or sheet carrier): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 607. Subject matter wherein the movement of the sheet or web
is in a direction substantially perpendicular to the line-space* direction
in which feed occurs.
| |||
607.2 | ... By insertion of additional record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 607. Subject matter wherein one sheet or web of record-medium* is fed into the typewriter by guiding the leading edge of the sheet or web to a position relative to the platen* of the typewriter that is diametrically opposite to the print-point* of the platen. | |
607.3 | ... With concurrent feed-roller and line-spacing control: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 607. Subject matter wherein the typewriter includes a feed-roller* cooperating
with a platen* to feed two record-medium* pieces
of material, one of which pieces is intended to remain in the typewriter
while the other piece of material is removed, and wherein, to aid
in the removal of the other piece, the feed-roller is moved out of
cooperation with the platen (i.e., away from the platen) while at
the same time the piece remaining in the typewriter is moved a line-space* distance.
| |||
608 | ... With clamp for holding one record-medium stationary: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 607. Subject matter wherein the relative movement of one sheet or web of record-medium* with respect to a second sheet or web of record-medium is caused by firmly gripping one of the sheets or webs to restrain its movement while the other sheet or web is moved. | |
608.1 | .... Selectively engageable feed-rollers or feed-roller brakes: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 608. Subject matter wherein the sheet or web record-medium* that
is to be restrained is firmly gripped by a member that is normally
a feed-roller*, or wherein the feed-roller is prevented
from rotating.
| |||
608.2 | ... By auxiliary feed-roller or platen section (e.g., separate feed of sheets): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 607. Subject matter wherein the feed movement of one sheet or
web of record-medium* is effected with the aid of one feed-roller* and
the feed movement of another sheet or web or record-medium is effected
with the aid of a second feed-roller, or wherein each feed-roller urges
a separate sheet or web record-medium against a separate platen*.
| |||
608.3 | ... By retrograde movement of one record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 607. Subject matter wherein the relative movement of one sheet or web of record-medium* with respect to a second sheet or web of record-medium is caused by reversing the usual feed direction of one of the sheets or webs in a direction opposite to the usual line-space* direction. | |
608.4 | ... Including differential movement by separate drive means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 607. Subject matter wherein each of the sheets or webs of record-medium* is moved at a different rate of speed, the movement being effected by different feed means. | |
609 | .. Mount for plural web rolls: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 605. Subject matter wherein the pieces of record-medium* are
in the form of web material (i.e., each is a piece of material of
indeterminate length), and each web is a spirally convoluted roll,
and wherein each spirally convoluted roll is supported on an axis
associated with the typewriter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
610 | .. Including sheet-associating attachment (e.g., pin-band-encircling platen): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 605. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to structure
which facilitates or contributes to the movement of two or more
sheets or webs of record-medium*, which structure includes
means whereby one sheet or web is enabled to be positioned with
respect to another sheet or web in a particular location relative
to the typewriter so that both sheets or webs will be moved into
or out of the typewriter as desired by a typist or other operator.
| |||
610.1 | ... With table or frame (e.g., collating-table): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 610. Subject matter wherein the means for positioning the sheets
or webs of record-medium* includes a platform attached
to the typewriter and closely adjacent to the platen*,
on which platform the sheets or webs are assembled prior to insertion
of the assemblage into the typewriter.
| |||
610.2 | .... Front collating-table with sheet-holding means (e.g., clamps): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 610.1. Subject matter wherein the platform includes a collating-table* that is located on the typewriter so as to lead the assembled sheets or webs of record-medium* to a position adjacent to the print-point* of the platen*, and also includes means to temporarily secure the assembled sheets or webs to the platform. | |
610.3 | ..... Including pin-holding means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 610.2. Subject matter wherein the securing means includes an element that has a relatively slender, elongated configuration, one end of which engages the sheets or webs of record-medium*. | |
610.4 | ..... Including indicator: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 610.2. Subject matter wherein the platform includes a marking or sign to show the positioning of the sheets or webs of record-medium* relative to the platform. | |
611 | . For feeding web record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 578. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means
associated with a typewriter for moving a web of record-medium* relative
to the typewriter.
| |||||||
612 | .. Feeding web or sheet in perpendicular directions: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 611. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
movement of a piece of web material (or of a piece of sheet material)
record-medium* in either (a) a line-space* direction, or
(b) a character-space* direction, the two directions being
transversely related to each other, and the movement in either direction being
caused by means other than a moving platen*.
| |||
613 | .. With web supply or takeup or mount therefor (e.g., web cartridge, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 611. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with means
for holding a source of web material to be typed on, or with means
for holding the web material that has been typed on and is being
removed from the typing zone of the typewriter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
613.1 | ... Including insertion of leading edge of web: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 613. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means
for facilitating the entry of a web into the typewriter.
| |||
613.2 | ... For folded or creased web (e.g., fan-folded web): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 613. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the web material being doubled over upon itself, or to the web material having a surface configuration that is caused by doubling the material upon itself. | |
613.3 | .... With web smoother: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 613.2. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means for flattening a configuration in the web material that was caused by doubling the material upon itself. | |
613.4 | .... Holder for fan-folded web mounted to move with carriage: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 613.2. Subject matter wherein the web of material has an indeterminate
length dimension and is folded upon itself transversely of said
dimension, the direction of folding alternating along said dimension,
and wherein said web is supported by a receptacle or container,
is supported on the carriage* or is supported on a portion
of the typewriter that partakes of carriage movement.
| |||
614 | ... Including web rewind: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 613. Subject matter wherein the web of record-medium* that has been typed on and is being removed from the typing zone of the typewriter is convoluted spirally into a roll. | |
614.1 | .... Connected to platen drive: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 614. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a platen* and means to rotate the platen, and wherein said rotating means also rotates said roll to convolute the removed web onto the roll. | |
615 | ... Mounted on typewriter having transversely moving carriage: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 613. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a
carriage* that is movable in carriage feed and carriage
return directions and wherein said web material is supported relative to
said carriage.
| |||||
615.1 | .... Mounted to move with carriage: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter wherein said roll is supported on means that is fixed to the carriage*, whereby the roll partakes of carriage feed and carriage return movements. | |
615.2 | ... For feeding tape in direction of print-line (i.e., transverse feed): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 613. Subject matter wherein the web of record-medium* is
in the form of an elongated but relatively narrow strip of material
that is mounted to be moved so that its length dimension moves parallel
to the direction in which a print-line* is typed.
| |||
616 | .. By pin-feed means (e.g., reciprocating pin, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 611. Subject matter wherein the means for moving a web of record-medium* includes
at least one short, slender element that is configured to enter
into a hole in the web and is moved in a direction parallel to the
line-space* direction to thereby move the web.
| |||
616.1 | ... Including laterally adjustable bands (e.g., tractor feed, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 616. Subject matter wherein the means for moving a web of record-medium* includes
at least two closed loop flexible members that move in a direction
parallel to the line-space* direction, and each of which
members includes one or more of said elements, and wherein the position
of either or both of the members relative to the web can be varied
in a direction perpendicular to the line-space direction.
| |||
616.2 | ... Pin feed on endless band: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 616. Subject matter wherein the means for moving a web of record-medium* includes at least one closed loop flexible member that moves in a direction parallel to the line-space* direction, which member includes one or more of said elements. | |
616.3 | ... Pin wheel (e.g., on platen cylinder): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 616. Subject matter wherein the means for moving a web of record-medium* includes
a circular member that rotates so that its periphery moves in a
direction parallel to the line-space* direction, which
member includes one or more of said elements.
| |||
617 | .. By friction-feed means (e.g., reciprocating finger or gripper or pinch roller, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 611. Subject matter wherein the means for moving a web of record-medium* includes
one or more members that closely contact the surface(s) of the record-medium
adjacent thereto and move relative to the typewriter in a direction
parallel to the line-space* direction while the surface(s) of
the member(s) do not slide relative to the surface(s) of the record-medium,
thereby moving the record-medium in said direction.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
618 | .. With web tensioning or braking: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 611. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with means for moving a web of record-medium* relative to the typewriter and is also provided with means for resisting the movement of the web, whereby the web is tautened or slowed in movement, or wherein the resisting means tends to effect stoppage in the movement of the web of record-medium. | |
619 | .. Including web guiding or aligning (e.g., laterally, relative to print-line, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 611. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means
for positioning a web of record-medium* relative to a particular
location on the typewriter or leading the web to said location.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
620 | .. Including web shifting to view print-line: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 611. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a movement of the web of record-medium* that has been typed on, which movement is for the purpose of enabling a typist to see the character* symbols that have been typed on the print-line*. | |
621 | .. With web cutter (e.g., tear bar, wire tool, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 611. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with means
to sever one portion of a web of record-medium* from another
portion of that web.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||||
621.1 | ... For longitudinal cut: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 621. Subject matter wherein the web is severed along a line that extends along the direction of movement of the web. | |
621.2 | ... And gauge for tear-off length: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 621. Subject matter wherein the severing means comprises an element having a sharp edge, against which edge a web of record-medium* is moved by the user of a typewriter to sever the web, and wherein the typewriter is provided with an indicator that helps the typist to determine the amount of web to be severed from the body of the web. | |
622 | . With holder for single sheet (e.g., clip, backing sheet, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 578. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the use of a support in addition to a platen*, which support holds one sheet of record-medium* during typing on the sheet, or wherein significance is attributed to a relatively thin piece of material having length and width dimensions corresponding to the length and width of a sheet of record-medium*, which piece of material lies between the sheet of record-medium and the platen* and holds the record-medium thereto while typing is performed on the sheet of record-medium. | |
623 | .. Mounted on carriage (e.g., for extra-wide sheet, cylindroidal holder, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 622. Subject matter wherein said support is held by the carriage* of
a typewriter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
624 | . For feeding sheet from stack or pack holder: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 578. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means
associated with a typewriter for removing one sheet of record-medium* from
a pile consisting of a plurality of such sheets regularly arranged
in a support or receptacle, or to means for moving such a sheet
into the typewriter for typing thereon.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||
625 | .. Add delivering to sheet receiver (e.g., by roller couple): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 624. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with means
to move the sheet of record-medium* that has been typed
on out of the typewriter and onto a support or receptacle.
| |||
626 | .. By engaging between flap and body of envelope: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 624. Subject matter wherein the record-medium* to be
typed on is a folded sheet or a wrapper having a folded portion
adjacent to a main portion, and wherein the feed means is an element
that moves between the folded portion and the main portion to engage
the sheet or wrapper at the fold to thereby move the sheet or wrapper.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||
627 | .. By pneumatic means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 624. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with means
for moving the sheet of record-medium*, which means includes
a gaseous fluid medium under subatmospheric or above-atmospheric
pressure.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||
628 | .. By reciprocating of oscillating member: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 624. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with means
for moving the sheet of record-medium*, which means includes
an element that moves to-and-fro in a straight line or an arcuate
path and engages the sheet for movement thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||
629 | .. By endless-band or rotating (e.g., feed-roller) member: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 624. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with means
for moving the sheet of record-medium*, which means includes
a flexible element orbiting in a closed loop and that engages the
sheet for movement thereof, or wherein the typewriter is provided
with means for moving the sheet of record medium, which means includes
a surface or element that, turns about an axis and that engages
the sheet for movement thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||
630 | . Including aligning of sheet edge prior to typing: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 578. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to structure
for positioning or locating a sheet of record-medium* with
respect to some part of a typewriter, which structure is used before
any of the character* symbols are imprinted on the sheet
and is used by positioning a border of the sheet against the structure.
| |||
631 | .. Aligner moved to operate concurrently with disengagement of feed means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 630. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with means to move a sheet through the typewriter, which means is shiftable into a first position at which it will not move the sheet or into a second position at which it will move the sheet, wherein the aligning structure is shiftable into a first position at which it will align the sheet or into a second position at which it will not align, but instead permit the sheet to be moved through the typewriter, and wherein the first position of the moving means coincides with the first position of the aligning means whereby the sheet will be aligned when the sheet moving means is not operative. | |
632 | .. Including leading-edge aligner located past print-point: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 630. Subject matter wherein the aligning structure is located
in a position at which it will engage and align the leading edge
of the sheet after the leading edge has been moved beyond the print-point* of
the typewriter.
| |||
632.1 | ... Adjustable leading-edge aligner: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 632. Subject matter wherein the position of the aligning structure may be changed. | |
633 | .. Side-edge aligner (e.g., adjustable, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 630. Subject matter wherein the aligning structure is located
in a position at which it will engage and align the side edge of
a sheet.
| |||
633.1 | ... On rear sheet table or apron: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 633. Subject matter wherein the aligning structure is mounted on a support for holding a sheet of record-medium* adjacent to a typewriter, which support is positioned adjacent to the back side of the platen*. | |
633.2 | .... Adjustable aligner (e.g., with lock): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 633.1. Subject matter wherein the aligning structure is mounted
so as to permit variation in the position of the aligning structure
relative to the support.
| |||
634 | . Including friction-feed means (e.g., band): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 578. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to movement
of a record-medium* in a line-space* direction,
which movement is caused by one or more members having a surface
or surfaces that closely contact the surface(s) of the record-medium
adjacent thereto and move relative to the typewriter in a direction
parallel to the line-space direction while the surface(s) of the
member(s) do not slide relative to the surface(s) of the record-medium, thereby
moving the record-medium in said direction.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||||
635 | .. By endless-feed band: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 634. Subject matter wherein one of said members is a flexible
strip of material having a closed-loop or continuous configuration.
| |||
636 | .. By roller couple (e.g. rotatable pinch rollers, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 634. Subject matter wherein at least one member contacts one
surface of the record-medium* and at least another member
contacts the opposite surface of the record-medium, and wherein each
member is a cylinder or a cylindroid rotatable in opposite rotational
directions with the record-medium therebetween.
| |||
636.1 | ... With typewriter-actuated control or feed-roller position: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 636. Subject matter wherein a feed-roller* is movable
into a first position at which it is in contact with a platen* or
is movable into a second position at which it is not in contact
with the platen, and wherein either movement of the feed-roller
results from or is concurrent with movement of a mechanism of the
typewriter.
| |||
636.2 | ... Including intermediate drive means (e.g. gears) connecting feed-roller to platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 636. Subject matter wherein the feed-roller* is caused
to rotate by a mechanical transmission that joins the platen* to
the feed-roller.
| |||
636.3 | ... Including feed-roller having equalizing or pressure-adjusting means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 636. Subject matter wherein a feed-roller* is urged (or
a plurality of feed-rollers are urged) toward an associated platen* by
a mechanism, which mechanism is regulated so that (a) the force with
which the feed-roller is urged (or any of the feed-rollers are urged)
may be varied, or (b) the force with which either end of the feed-roller
is urged (or either end of any of the feed-rollers is urged) may
be varied so as to cause the ends of the feed-roller(s) to be urged
with equal force.
| |||
637 | ... Including lower feed-roller(s) (e.g., pressure roller, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 636. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to one
or more feed-roller* elements that are located relative
to the associated platen* adjacent to the underneath surface
of the platen.
| |||
637.1 | .... Including concurrent control for disengagement of upper and lower feed-rollers: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 637. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with one or more feed-rollers* that are located adjacent to the underneath surface of an associated platen* and is further provided with one or more feed-rollers located adjacent to the topmost surface of said platen, and wherein both the underneath feed-rollers are simultaneously moved toward the platen or simultaneously moved away from the platen. | |
637.2 | .... Mounted on apron: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 637. Subject matter wherein said feed-rollers* are supported adjacent to the platen* on the apron* of the typewriter. | |
637.3 | .... Mounted on plural roller carriers: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 637. Subject matter wherein two or more lower feed-rollers* are provided, and wherein at least one of the feed-rollers is supported on one member, and at least another of the feed-rollers is supported on another member. | |
637.4 | ..... Including plural parallel carrier pivots: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 637.3. Subject matter wherein each of said members oscillates about a separate axis, and the axes of oscillation are parallel one to the other(s). | |
637.5 | ..... Including single carrier pivot intermediate front and rear lower feed-rollers: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 637.3. Subject matter wherein said one member and said another member each oscillates about the same axis that is movable with respect to the platen* with which the feed-rollers* are associated, and which axis is located between a feed-roller below and forward of the platen axis and a feed-roller below and rearward of the platen axis. | |
637.6 | .... Mounted on single carrier having pivot intermediate front and rear lower feed-rollers: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 637. Subject matter wherein two or more lower feed-rollers* are provided, at least one feed-roller being supported on a member to be adjacent to an associated platen* in a location below an forward of the platen axis, and at least another feed-roller being supported on the same member to be adjacent to said platen in a location below and rearward of the platen axis, and wherein said member oscillates about an axis that is movable toward and away from the platen and is located between said feed-rollers. | |
638 | ... Including feed or pressure roller mounted on "paper-finger": |
This subclass is indented under subclass 636. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a feed-roller* that
is supported by a paper-finger* associated with a platen*.
| |||
639 | ... Including upper feed-roller(s) (e.g., pressure roller, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 636. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to one or more feed-rollers* that are located relative to the associated platen* adjacent to the topmost surface of the platen. | |
639.1 | .... Mounted on "paper bail": |
This subclass is indented under subclass 639. Subject matter wherein the upper feed-roller(s)* is/are
supported by a paper bail which term is discussed and defined in
(1) Note below.
| |||
639.2 | ..... Disengaged from platen by compound movement of bail (e.g., on double-pivoted mount): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 639.1. Subject matter wherein the "paper bail" is
normally closely adjacent to the platen* with which it
is associated, but where the paper bail is supported so as to be
moved out of its closely adjacent position, the movement being such
as to combine two or more kinds of motion.
| |||
640 | ... With cooperating scale: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 636. Subject matter wherein the roller couple feed means is associated with a measuring instrument that is calibrated in units corresponding to character-space* distances. | |
641 | ... Feed-roller structure or brake or spacer therefor: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 636. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the construction of a feed-roller*, or wherein the feed-roller includes means to retard its rotational movement or includes means to connect the feed-roller with a drive means for the feed-roller, or wherein significance is attributed to a feed-roller construction including a plurality of such feed-rollers on a single axis and means for separating one feed-roller from other feed-rollers along said axis. | |
642 | . Including sheet guide (e.g., for sheet insertion, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 578. Subclass matter wherein significance is attributed to structure on or attached to a typewriter, which structure contributes to or facilitates the movement of a sheet of record-medium* through the typewriter in its intended or necessary path for proper typing on the record-medium. | |
643 | .. Platen-encircling band: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 642. Subject matter wherein the structure includes a relatively narrow member that substantially surrounds a platen* and guides the sheet for movement around the platen. | |
644 | .. Sheet stripper (e.g., for preventing reentry, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 642. Subject matter wherein the structure includes a member that is closely adjacent to a platen* around which a sheet of record-medium* is partially wrapped during typing on the sheet, which member is located relative to the platen in a position to engage the leading edge of the sheet as that leading edge exits from the platen and guide that leading edge out of contact with the platen. | |
645 | .. Sheet holddown member (e.g., "paper finger", end-of-page holddown, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 642. Subject matter wherein the structure includes a member that is closely adjacent to a platen* around which a sheet of record-medium* is partially wrapped during typing on the sheet, which member engages a surface of the sheet and urges the sheet into contact with the platen, or wherein significance is attributed to the member engaging the surface of a sheet when the end of a page* is adjacent to the member. | |
645.1 | ... With aperture or notch (e.g., for typing therethrough, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 645. Subject matter wherein the member has a hole therethrough or a portion cut out of an edge thereof, which hole or cut-out portion is located adjacent the print-point* of the typewriter and serves to permit a type-face* to impact the record-medium* through the hole or cutout portion. | |
645.2 | ... On or with erasing plate or signal or indicator: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 645. Subject matter wherein the member is mounted on or is part
of a support that is used to support a record-medium* while
a record-medium has an eraser applied thereto, or wherein the member
is mounted on or is part of a measuring instrument that is calibrated
in units corresponding to character-space* distances, or wherein
the member is provided with means to alert the typist to a condition
of the typewriter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
645.3 | ... Moveable mounted on movable finger carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 645. Subject matter wherein the member is supported by a structure
on the typewriter, and wherein the structure may be moved relative
to the typewriter and the member may be moved relative to the structure.
| |||
645.4 | ... Pivotally mounted holddown: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 645. Subject matter wherein the member is supported for oscillatory
or arcuate movement about an axis related to the axis of the platen*.
| |||
645.5 | ... Mounted in front of platen axis: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 645. Subject matter wherein the member is supported relative to the platen* on a structure that is located adjacent to the platen and between the platen and a typist. | |
646 | .. Sheet table at delivery side of platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 642. Subject matter wherein the typewriter includes a platen* around which a sheet of record-medium* is partially wrapped during typing on the sheet, and wherein the support is located relative to the platen in a position to receive the sheet as that sheet exits from the platen after being typed thereon. | |
647 | .. Movable sheet table or apron (e.g., detachable, extensible, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 642. Subject matter wherein the structure includes a support
for holding a sheet of record-medium* adjacent to a typewriter
or includes an apron* for holding a sheet adjacent to the
platen* of a typewriter, which support or apron is capable of
being moved with respect to the platen with which it is associated.
| |||
647.1 | ... Pivotable (e.g., fingerlike support): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 647. Subject matter wherein the support is capable of being moved
in an arcuate or oscillatory path.
| |||
648 | PLATEN OR PLATEN-MOVING MECHANISM: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
platen* of a typewriter or to means for moving the platen.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||||
649 | . For movement of platen other than for line-spacing: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 648. Subject matter wherein a platen* is moved for a
purpose other than to effect a line-space* distance.
| |||
650 | .. Cylindrical platen adjustable to facilitate compactness: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 649. Subject matter wherein a platen* has extreme ends,
one of which ends is movable relative to the other.
| |||
651 | .. Cylindrical platen axially adjustable: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 649. Subject matter wherein the platen* or a portion thereof is movable along its own axis of rotation. | |
652 | .. Platen movement conjointly with type-face movement: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 649. Subject matter wherein a platen* is moved toward a print-point* during substantially the same period of time that a type-face* element is moved toward the same print-point. | |
653 | .. By eccentric mounting for platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 649. Subject matter wherein the platen* is rotatable about a first axis, and the first axis is rotatable about a second axis on the carriage* and parallel to the first axis. | |
654 | . Character-size platen (e.g., anvil, disc, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 648. Subject matter wherein a platen* has length and height dimensions approximating the corresponding width and height dimensions of a character* which is backed by the anvil platen. | |
655 | .. Mounted on movable carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 654. Subject matter wherein the character-size platen* is supported on a mechanism that enables movement of the platen relative to the typewriter. | |
656 | . Bar (i.e., line size) platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 648. Subject matter wherein a platen* has a length dimension equal to or greater than the length of a print-line* on a record-medium*, and has a height dimension approximating the height of a character*. | |
657 | .. Mounted on cylindrical member: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 656. Subject matter wherein a bar platen* has (as defined in subclass 656 above) is included in or on the surface of a cylindrical plate (as defined in subclass 659 below). | |
658 | . Semicylindrical platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 648. Subject matter wherein a platen* is an arcuate plate extending peripherally approximately 180° about an axis and extending along the axis for a dimension approximately equivalent to the width of a record-medium* supported by said platen. | |
659 | . Cylindrical platen: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 648. Subject matter wherein a platen* has a surface that
is generated by a line revolving about an axis parallel to the line.
| |||
660 | .. Detachably secured to platen carriage: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 659. Subject matter wherein a platen* is mounted on a carriage* for movement with the carriage by structure that enables the platen to be removed from and replaced on the carriage without disassembly of other parts of the typewriter. | |
660.1 | ... By axially displaceable supporting shaft: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 660. Subject matter wherein the structure includes a rod on which the platen* is mounted for rotation of the platen about an axis coincident with the platen and the rod, which rod is movable along its axis for removal of the platen mounted on the rod. | |
660.2 | ... By pivoted member overlying platen shaft: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 660. Subject matter wherein the structure includes a rod on which the platen* is mounted for rotation of the platen about an axis coincident with the platen and the rod, which rod is held to the carriage* by a member that is over the rod and is oscillatable away from the rod for removal of the rod and platen mounted thereon. | |
660.3 | ... By disengageable platen sectors: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 660. Subject matter wherein the platen* is formed of a plurality of segments surrounding the axis of rotation of the platen and wherein the platen is removed from the carriage* by disassembling the segments. | |
661 | .. With sound-muffling means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 659. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a platen* that
is provided with means for eliminating or reducing the noise produced by
the impact of a type-member* against the surface of the
platen.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
661.1 | ... Including plural layers of varying hardness: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 661. Subject matter wherein the platen* is formed of a
plurality of thicknesses of material substantially concentrically
arranged, and wherein the outermost thickness of material is of
a different firmness than the innermost thickness.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
661.2 | ... Including cylinder containing fluent (e.g., fluid, etc.) material: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 661. Subject matter wherein the platen* includes a cylindrical
tube surrounding a flowable substance.
| |||
661.3 | ... Including cylindrical sections or rings (e.g., of character-space width): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 661. Subject matter wherein the platen* is formed of a
plurality of annular elements each having a circular dimension equal
to the diameter of the platen cylinder and a width dimension extending
axially of the platen.
| |||
661.4 | ... Including a wound member: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 661. Subject matter wherein the platen* is formed of a
plurality of convolutions of material about the axis of the platen.
| |||
662 | .. Including particular surface characteristic (e.g., translucent, pigment yielding, corrugated, of varying hardness, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 659. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
properties of the circumferential surface of the platen*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
663 | LOCKING OR INTERLOCKING MECHANISM: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means
for preventing an operation from occurring or to means for preventing
a normally movable member from moving, or wherein significance is
attributed to means for preventing two mutually exclusive operations from
occurring simultaneously or to means for preventing two mutually
exclusive movable members from moving simultaneously.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||||||||
664 | . For interlocking plural functions or mechanisms: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 663. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means
for preventing two mutually exclusive operations from occurring
simultaneously or to means for preventing two mutually exclusive
movable members from moving simultaneously.
| |||
665 | .. Plural carriage-moving mechanisms (e.g., escapement, tabulation, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 664. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with first means for causing movement of a carriage* in a first mode of operation and also provided with second means for causing the carriage to be moved in a second mode of operation, and wherein the typewriter is also provided with an interlock for preventing one of the means from operating when the other means is operating. | |
666 | .. Plural keys or key linkages (e.g., for type-face selection, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 664. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with at
least two key* elements or at least two sets of lever arrangements
for transmitting movement of a key into movement of a type-head*,
and wherein the typewriter is also provided with an interlock for
preventing one of the keys or lever arrangements from being effective
to operate when the other is operating.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||||
667 | . Key-board lock using interlock mechanism: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 663. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with an
interlock mechanism that prevents any movement of any key* element
when the lock mechanism is effective.
| |||||
668 | . Locking means actuated in response to a condition: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 663. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means for preventing an operation from occurring or to means for preventing a normally movable member from moving, either means being made effective as a result of a characteristic or state of environment or the occurrence of a predetermined event in a typewriter. | |
669 | .. Failure of power supply: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter wherein the preventing means is made effective
as a result of the absence of external power to a typewriter that
requires external power for its operation.
| |||
670 | .. End-of-page lock (e.g., responsive to preset condition): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter wherein the preventing means is made effective
when a predetermined state of the typewriter has been reached, which
state corresponds to the termination of a page* of typed
text.
| |||
670.1 | ... Responsive to end-of-page sensor: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 670. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with means
to detect the termination of a page* of typed text, whereby
the preventing means is made effective.
| |||
670.2 | ... Including lock for platen or line-space: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 670. Subject matter wherein the preventing means is effective to stop the rotational movement of a platen*, or the movement of a line-space* mechanism. | |
670.3 | .... By cam groove and follower: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 670.2. Subject matter wherein the preventing means includes a channel that is engaged by a member within the channel, which channel is formed as a helical or spiral cam and is moved by incremental rotation of a platen*, whereby the movement of the channel effects movement of the member to effect stopping of the platen. | |
671 | .. End of maximum typed line: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter wherein the preventing means is made effective
when the typewriter carriage* that is moving in a character-space* direction arrives
at a predetermined position relative to the typewriter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
671.1 | ... Actuated by space-bar: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 671. Subject matter wherein the preventing means is made effective by operation of the space-bar* of the typewriter after the typewriter carriage* has arrived at a predetermined position relative to the typewriter. | |
671.2 | ... Universal-bar lock (e.g., pivoted latch, slidable latch, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 671. Subject matter wherein the preventing means prevents the universal-bar* from moving, whereby typewriter elements that are normally driven by the universal-bar are not driven. | |
671.3 | .... Actuated by paper-finger: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 671.2. Subject matter wherein the universal-bar* is prevented from moving when a paper-finger* that is mounted to move with a platen* on a carriage* engages an element that is stationary relative to the frame of the typewriter. | |
671.4 | .... Interposed component: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 671.2. Subject matter wherein the preventing means includes an element that is movable into either of two positions, in a first position the element is between a fixed portion of a typewriter and the universal-bar* or a member affixed to and movable with the universal-bar, and in a second position the element is not between the portion and the universal-bar, whereby when the element is in the first position the universal-bar is prevented from moving its full movement in a direction to actuate the function* that would be actuated if the element were in its second position. | |
672 | ... Escapement lock: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 671. Subject matter wherein the preventing means prevents the
carriage* from moving by holding the carriage escapement
to be incapable of carriage feed.
| |||
672.1 | ... Type-bar lock: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 671. Subject matter wherein the preventing means includes an element that prevents a type-bar* from moving. | |
672.2 | ... Key-lever lock (e.g., by hook on key lever): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 671. Subject matter wherein the preventing means includes an
element that prevents a key* lever from moving.
| |||
673 | .. Coin-controlled lock (e.g., responsive to print-lines, time, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter wherein the preventing means is made ineffective
by using a token representing money, whereby a typewriter may be
made available for hire.
| |||
674 | . For locking carriage in centered position (e.g., with shipping support): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 663. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means
for preventing a carriage* from moving away from a position
that is substantially midway of the total distance that the carriage
is capable of moving.
| |||
675 | .. And disengaging case-shift lock: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 674. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with means to latch its case-shift* mechanism, and said preventing means also unlatches said case-shift mechanism. | |
676 | . Key-board security lock (e.g., cover plate, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 663. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means for preventing access to the key-board* of a typewriter. | |
677 | . For locking selected group(s) of keys: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 663. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means for preventing movement of a particular plurality of key* elements. | |
678 | . For locking key in actuated position (e.g., to remove type-face from ink pad): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 663. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to means
for preventing return movement of a particular key* element
after that key has been pressed by a typist.
| |||
679 | MEANS AUXILIARY TO TYPEWRITING FUNCTION: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to structure
that is part of a typewriter to aid a typist in using a typewriter,
or significance is attributed to a device used in conjunction with
a typewriter, which device is connected to, or may be disconnected
from, a typewriter, and which device is used by a typist in the
operation of a typewriter, but which structure or device does not
itself effect the imprint of a character*, a character-space* or word-space*,
or a function* of the typewriter.
| |||
680 | . Means for collapsing typewriter or support for record-medium or copy: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 679. Subject matter wherein the structure of a typewriter is capable of being compacted to occupy a volume smaller than which it occupies while it is used for typing, or wherein the typewriter is provided with means for holding or retaining a record-medium* or a text from which the typist is reading as the typing is done, and wherein the holding or retaining means is capable of being compacted. | |
681 | .. By tilting typewriter (e.g., via collapsible legs, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 680. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is made ready for
use by pivoting it in one direction, and is compacted by pivoting
it in the opposite direction.
| |||
682 | .. By moving key-board relative to frame (e.g., into plural operating positions, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 680. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is compacted by movement
of the key-board* with respect to the typewriter.
| |||
683 | .. By moving carriage relative to frame: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 680. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is compacted by movement
of the carriage* relative to the typewriter.
| |||
684 | .. By moving type-bars relative to frame: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 680. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is compacted by movement
of the set of type-bar* elements within the typewriter.
| |||
685 | .. Including typewriter built into carrying case: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 680. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is manufactured to
be part of an enclosure for the typewriter, which enclosure also
includes a handle for lifting and holding the enclosure and the typewriter
so enclosed, and wherein the typewriter is compacted by moving component parts
thereof to within the enclosure.
| |||
686 | . Buffer (e.g., dashpot, of particular material, etc.) for movable typewriter element: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 679. Subject matter wherein a typewriter includes at least a first element that is moved relative to a second element, and wherein significance is attributed to abutment means for controlling the stopping of one element by the other when the elements contact one another at the end of their relative movement toward one another. | |
687 | .. Having nonimpact movement: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 686. Subject matter wherein the elements are caused to contact
one another with a motion that is gradual rather than sudden.
| |||
688 | . Means for increasing typewriter noise: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 679. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to amplification of or addition to the sounds produced by a typewriter during normal use thereof. | |
689 | . Means for muffling typewriter noise: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 679. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to elimination
or reduction of the sound produced by a typewriter during normal
use thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
690 | .. By sound-barrier enclosure for typewriter (e.g., by sound-absorbing material): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 689. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with means that substantially surrounds all or part of the typewriter mechanism, which means absorbs or baffles the noise normally produced by the typewriter during use thereof, or is provided with means that substantially soaks up the noise normally produced by a typewriter during use thereof. | |
690.1 | ... With viewing window (e.g., having reflection eliminator): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 690. Subject matter wherein the surrounding means has a transparent
section therein so that the typist may see any part of the typewriter
or the record-medium.
| |||
690.2 | .... And externally protruding (e.g., key-board, etc.) operating means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 690.1. Subject matter wherein the surrounding means also has an
opening therein so that some part of the typewriter that effects
proper functioning of the typewriter extends beyond the surrounding means.
| |||
690.3 | ... With externally protruding operating means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 690. Subject matter wherein the surrounding means has an opening therein so that some part of the typewriter that effects proper functioning of the typewriter extends beyond the surrounding means. | |
690.4 | ... Including means facilitating opening of enclosure: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 690. Subject matter wherein the surrounding means has a section that provides access to the interior of the surrounding means, and wherein significance is attributed to said section or to an element that maintains said section in an access-permitting position or in an access-preventing position. | |
691 | . Frame, casing, or support for typewriter: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 679. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to (a) that part of the structure which supports movable portions of the typewriter for movement relative thereto, or (b) that part of the structure which encloses or surrounds the typewriter or a portion thereof, or (c) that part of the structure that sustains the typewriter in typing position. | |
692 | .. Having means facilitating interchange of parts: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 691. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is one in which one or more of the elements thereof may be exchanged one for another, and wherein said frame structure is particularly arranged to effect such exchange of typewriter elements. | |
693 | .. Housing structure: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 691. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to that part of the structure which encloses or surrounds the typewriter or a portion thereof. | |
693.1 | ... For ink-ribbon spool (e.g., spool cover, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 693. Subject matter wherein the housing structure at least partially
encloses a reel on which a ribbon* of inked* material
is wound.
| |||
694 | .. Made of particular material (e.g., plastic, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 691. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the substance which a typewriter frame, casing, or support is manufactured of. | |
695 | . Means for correcting typing errors (e.g., by abrasive eraser, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 679. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
removal of a mistake that may have been produced in the typed text
and the rectification of the mistake to produce a correctly typed
text.
| |||
696 | .. By laser beam or adhesive-surface ribbon or chemical eradicator: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 695. Subject matter wherein the mistake is removed by (a) a laser
means, or (b) a specially prepared tape that has on one surface
thereof a coating to which the ink* of an imprinted character* will adhere,
or (c) a chemical composition which will dissolve or remove the
ink of an imprinted character.
| |||||
697 | .. By overprinting (e.g., with coated material) to cancel error: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 695. Subject matter wherein a mistake is removed by using a specially
prepared sheet or tape that has on one surface thereof a coating
of a color approximating the color of the record-medium*,
which coating will adhere to the ink* of an imprinted character*,
which sheet or tape is used by temporarily placing it between the
incorrectly imprinted character and the type-face* that
was improperly used, and restriking with the same improper type-face, thereby
causing the incorrectly imprinted character to be covered by the
coating.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
697.1 | ... With drive for ribbon having coating thereon: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 697. Subject matter wherein the specially prepared tape is wound
on a spool and the tape is advanced relative to the record-medium*.
| |||
698 | .. With erasing table: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 695. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with a platform
to support the record-medium* while the incorrectly imprinted
character* is being rubbed by an abrasive eraser.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||
699 | .. With receptacle for refuse: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 695. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with a container that serves to collect the material that is worn away from the record-medium* while an abrasive eraser is rubbed over the surface of the record-medium. | |
700 | .. With means for rubbing eraser over surface of record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 695. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with mechanism to move an abrasive eraser relative to the record-medium*. | |
701 | . Means for cleaning, or facilitating cleaning of, type-face: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 679. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to the
removal of extraneous matter from a type-face*.
| |||
702 | .. By coating type-face (e.g., via type-face cleaner, brush, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 701. Subject matter wherein the extraneous matter is removed
by rubbing a type-face relative to an element that cleans the type-face.
| |||
702.1 | ... Including means for moving brush: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 702. Subject matter wherein the element is a member having bristles, which member is given motion to contact a type-face*, whereby the type-face is cleaned. | |
703 | . Indicator means: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 679. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a device
used in conjunction with a typewriter, which device helps the typist
to know the skill of the typist, or the condition of the typewriter,
or the location of a portion of the typewriter or the record-medium* relative to
the typewriter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| |||||
704 | .. For indicating typist"s skill or needed adjustment: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 703. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a mechanism
for showing the user"s proficiency in manipulating the
various mechanisms and functions of the typewriter being used, or
wherein the device helps the user to know the condition of the typewriter
so that if the typewriter is not operating properly, it can be put
into working condition.
| |||
705 | .. For indicating position of carriage along print-line: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 703. Subject matter wherein the device shows the location of the carriage* relative to the print-line* in the direction that the print-line is formed by successive imprints of character* symbols on a record-medium*. | |
705.1 | ... Of carriage for type-head-carrier: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 705. Subject matter wherein the carriage* is one on which a type-head-carrier* is mounted. | |
705.2 | ... With word counter: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 705. Subject matter wherein the device shows a user of the typewriter
how many word* groups have been imprinted on a print-line*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| |||||
705.3 | ... By means driven from carriage (e.g., for indicating end of print-line, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 705. Subject matter wherein the device is moved as a result of
the carriage* being moved along the print-line*.
| |||||
705.4 | ... Scale for facilitating tabulation: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 705. Subject matter wherein the device is a measuring instrument
calibrated in units corresponding to character-space* distances,
which instrument is used to help a typist set tabular positions
for the carriage*.
| |||
705.5 | ... Scale for facilitating centering of print-line: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 705. Subject matter wherein the device is a measuring instrument
calibrated in units corresponding to character-space* distances,
which instrument is used to help a typist to determine the midpoint
of a print-line* relative to the midpoint of a record-medium*.
| |||
706 | .. For indicating position of line or end-of-page: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 703. Subject matter wherein the device shows the location of a record-medium* that has been, or is to be, moved in a line-space* direction, the location being shown relative to an intended print-point* or a previously imprinted print-line* or to an intended last print-line expected to appear on a page*. | |
706.1 | ... By scale mounted on paper table: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 706. Subject matter wherein the device is a measuring instrument calibrated in units corresponding to line-space* distances, which device is located on a support for a record-medium* sheet. | |
707 | ... By means driven from platen cylinder: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 706. Subject matter wherein the device is moved as a result of
the platen* being rotated incrementally.
| |||
707.1 | .... Drive initiated by detector of record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 707. Subject matter wherein the device is provided with means
to sense a characteristic of the record-medium* and said
means causes connection of the device with the platen* to
move the device.
| |||
707.2 | .... Including relatively movable pointer and scale (e.g., rotatable or rectilinearly movable pointer): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 707. Subject matter wherein the device includes two elements,
one of which elements is calibrated in units corresponding to line-space* distances, and
the other of which elements indicates any of the calibrations on
the first-mentioned element, and wherein either of the elements
is moved with respect to the other element to indicate line-space
distances.
| |||
707.3 | ..... Scale rotated by gear drive: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 707.2. Subject matter wherein said calibrated element is moved with a turning motion and wherein the turning motion is caused by the incremental rotation of the platen* by way of a drive train that includes gear wheels. | |
707.4 | ..... Rotatable scale coaxial with platen cylinder: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 707.2. Subject matter wherein said calibrated element is moved with a turning motion and wherein the element is located on the same axis as that of the platen*. | |
707.5 | .... With line numbering: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 707. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with means for imprinting successive numeral digits representing successive numbers for the successive print-lines that are typed, whereby an indication of the number of lines that have been typed is shown. | |
708 | ... Including detector of record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 706. Subject matter wherein the device is provided with means
to sense a characteristic of the record-medium* and said
means causes an indication of the location of the record-medium to
be shown to the typist.
| |||
708.1 | .... Having electrical contacts separated by record-medium: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 708. Subject matter wherein said sensing means includes an electrical
circuit having two elements intended to touch one another for completion
of the circuit, which two elements are maintained in a separated
or open position by the record-medium*, whereby when the record-medium
is absent from between the elements, the circuit will be closed.
| |||
709 | .. For aligning record-medium with print-point or print-line (e.g., for facilitating correction of error, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 703. Subject matter wherein the device helps a typist to position
a record-medium* so that a particular point on the record-medium
will be precisely located with respect to the print-point* at
which a type-face* will impact.
| |||
709.1 | ... By transparent indicator: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 709. Subject matter wherein said device has the capability of transmitting light therethrough, whereby a character* on a record-medium* may be seen through the device. | |
709.2 | ... For indicating print-line alignment:. |
This subclass is indented under subclass 709. Subject matter wherein said device has an extended straight
edge thereon, whereby a particular print-line* on the record-medium* will be
precisely located with respect to the print-line at which a type-face* will
impact
| |||
710 | .. Including a page counter: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 703. Subject matter wherein said device indicates the number of page* units that have been typed. | |
711 | .. Including a light: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 703. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with means for emitting a visible signal to a typist when a condition of the typewriter has been reached. | |
712 | .. Including means producing an audible sound (e.g., plural tones, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 703. Subject matter wherein a typewriter is provided with means
for emitting a noise that can be heard by a typist when a condition
of the typewriter has been reached.
| |||
713 | . Attachment for shielding or screening record-medium or typewriter (e.g., against wind, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 679. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a device
used to cover a portion of the typewriter or the record-medium* or
used to protect a portion of the record-medium.
| |||
714 | .. For screening key-board: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 713. Subject matter wherein the device covers the key-board* of
a typewriter.
| |||
715 | . Attachment for guiding fingers or hands of typist (e.g., hand rest): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 679. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a device that separates the key* elements of a key-board* into groups of keys, each group including those keys that are usually pressed by a particular finger of the typist"s hands during "touch" typing, or to a device that serves to support the hands or the arms of a typist during the typing operation. | |
716 | . Attachment for illuminating or viewing (e.g., prism, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 679. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a device
that casts light on, or reflects or refracts light from, the record-medium* or
a portion of the typewriter.
| |||
717 | . Attachment for holding an article (e.g., pencil, eraser, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 679. Subject matter wherein significance is attributed to a device
that is used to retain an object within sight or reach of the typist,
which object is used by the typist during the typing operation.
| |||
718 | .. Copyholder: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 717. Subject matter wherein the object retained is a text from which the typist is reading as the typing is done. | |
718.1 | ... Actuated by typewriter (e.g., to simulate line-spacing, for web copy, etc.): |
This subclass is indented under subclass 718. Subject matter wherein the device is provided with structure
that is movable to indicate to the typist that portion of the text
in the holder that the typist is then reading from and typing, which
structure is caused to be moved by a portion of the typewriter.
| |||
718.2 | .... With adjustment of line-spacing: |
This subclass is indented under subclass 718.1. Subject matter wherein the text being copied is moved by the structure in line by line fashion, and wherein the distance that the text is moved for each line may be changed. | |
719 | MISCELLANEOUS: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter not provided for in the previous subclasses.
| |||
900 | CHEMICAL-SYMBOL CHARACTER: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is capable of imprinting a character* that represents a symbol used in chemistry. | |
901 | CONTINUOUSLY ROTATING TYPE-HEAD: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with a type-head that includes a type-set-assemblage*, which type-head turns continuously and impacts the record-medium* even as it is turning. | |
902 | STEPPING-MOTOR DRIVE FOR WEB FEED: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with an electric motor that turns in increments and is used to line-space* a piece of web record-medium*. | |
903 | STEPPING-MOTOR DRIVE FOR CARRIAGE FEED: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is provided with an electric motor that turns in increments and is used to impart character-space movements to the carriage. | |
904 | SUBSCRIPT OR SUPERSCRIPT CHARACTER: |
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein the typewriter is capable of typing a character* that is located below the usual print-line* or above the usual print-line. | |
FOR000 | CLASS-RELATED FOREIGN DOCUMENTS |
This subclass has no definition. | |